10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

Commission file number: 0-20146

EAGLE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Virginia	54-1601306
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

2 East Main Street P.O. Box 391 Berryville, Virginia	22611
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

(540) 955-2510

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, Par Value $2.50

(Title of class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	¨	Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant at June 30, 2011 was $48,680,951.

The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding at March 7, 2012 was 3,320,600.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III.

EAGLE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

INDEX TO FORM 10-K

PART I
Item 1.	Business	3
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	9
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	11
Item 2.	Properties	11
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	12
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	12
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	13
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	15
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	16
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	33
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	34
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	76
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	76
Item 9B.	Other Information	76
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	77
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	77
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	77
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	77
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	77
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	78

2

PART I

Item 1. Business

General

Eagle Financial Services, Inc. (the “Company”) is a bank holding company that was incorporated in 1991. The company is headquartered in Berryville, Virginia and conducts its operations through its subsidiary, Bank of Clarke County (the “Bank”). The Bank is chartered under Virginia law.

The Bank has eleven full-service branches and one drive-through only facility. The Bank’s main office is located at 2 East Main Street in Berryville, Virginia. The Bank opened for business on April 1, 1881. The Bank has offices located in Clarke County, Frederick County, Loudoun County and the City of Winchester. This market area is located in northwestern Virginia. In late 2012 or early 2013, the Bank will open its twelfth branch, servicing Loudoun County.

The Bank offers a wide range of retail and commercial banking services, including demand, savings and time deposits and consumer, mortgage and commercial loans. Branded credit cards are offered through a larger financial institution and the Bank also has a merchant services program which allows its commercial customers to accept credit card payments. The Bank has sixteen ATM locations in its trade area and issues both ATM cards and Debit cards to deposit customers. These cards can be used to withdraw cash at most ATM’s through the Bank’s membership in both regional and national networks. These cards can also be used to make purchases at retailers who accept transactions through the same regional and national networks. The Bank offers telephone banking, internet banking, and mobile banking to its customers. Internet banking also offers online bill payment to consumer and commercial customers. The Bank offers other commercial deposit account services such as ACH origination and remote deposit capture.

Eagle Investment Group (“EIG”) offers both a trust department and investment services. The trust services division of EIG offers a full range of personal and retirement plan services, which include serving as agent for bill paying and custody of assets, as investment manager with full authority or advisor, as trustee or co-trustee for trusts under will or under agreement, as trustee of life insurance trusts, as guardian or committee, as agent under a power of attorney, as executor or co-executor for estates, as custodian or investment advisor for individual retirement plans, and as trustee or trust advisor for corporate retirement plans such as profit sharing and 401(k) plans. The brokerage division of EIG offers a full range of investment services, which include tax-deferred annuities, IRAs and rollovers, mutual funds, retirement plans, 529 college savings plans, life insurance, long term care insurance, fixed income investing, brokerage CDs, and full service or discount brokerage services. Non-deposit investment products are offered through a third party provider.

In addition to the Bank, the Company has a wholly owned subsidiary, Eagle Financial Statutory Trust II, which was formed in connection with the issuance of $7,000,000 in trust preferred securities in 2007. During the second quarter of 2007, the outstanding capital securities issued through Eagle Financial Statutory Trust I were redeemed and this subsidiary was subsequently dissolved. The Company is also a general partner in a low income housing project. The Company’s subsidiary, Bank of Clarke County, is a partner in Bankers Title Shenandoah, LLC, which sells title insurance, and is an investor in Virginia Bankers Insurance Center, LLC, which serves as the broker for insurance sales through its member banks.

Employees

The Company, including the Bank, had 48 officers, 100 other full-time and 23 part-time employees (or 161 full-time equivalent employees) at December 31, 2011. None of the Company’s employees are represented by a union or covered under a collective bargaining agreement. The Company considers relations with its employees to be excellent.

Securities and Exchange Commission Filings

The Company maintains an internet website at www.bankofclarke.com. Shareholders of the Company and the public may access, free of charge, the Company’s periodic and current reports (including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports) filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission, through the “Investor Relations” section of the Company’s website. The reports are made available on this website as soon as practicable following the filing of the reports with the SEC. The information is free of charge and may be reviewed, downloaded and printed from the website at any time.

Competition

There is significant competition for both loans and deposits within the Company’s trade area. Competition for loans comes from other commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions, mortgage brokers, finance companies, insurance companies, and other institutional lenders. Competition for deposits comes from other commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions, brokerage firms, and other financial institutions. Based on total deposits at June 30, 2011 as reported to the FDIC, the Company has 20.7% of the total deposits in its market area, which is the second largest share behind BB&T. The Company’s market area includes Clarke County, Frederick County, Loudoun County and the City of Winchester.

3

Supervision and Regulation

General. As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and the examination and reporting requirements of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. As a state-chartered commercial bank, the Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Virginia State Corporation Commission’s Bureau of Financial Institutions. It is also subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve Board. Other federal and state laws, including various consumer and compliance laws, govern the activities of the Bank, the investments that it makes and the aggregate amount of loans that it may grant to one borrower.

The following sections summarize the significant federal and state laws applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries. To the extent that statutory or regulatory provisions are described, the description is qualified in its entirety by reference to that particular statutory or regulatory provision.

The Bank Holding Company Act. Under the Bank Holding Company Act, the Company is subject to periodic examination by the Federal Reserve and is required to file periodic reports regarding its operations and any additional information that the Federal Reserve may require. Activities at the bank holding company level are limited to the following:

• banking, managing or controlling banks;

• furnishing services to or performing services for its subsidiaries; and

• engaging in other activities that the Federal Reserve has determined by regulation or order to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to these activities.

Some of the activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulation to be closely related to the business of a bank holding company include making or servicing loans and specific types of leases, performing specific data processing services and acting in some circumstances as a fiduciary or investment or financial adviser.

With some limited exceptions, the Bank Holding Company Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before:

• acquiring substantially all the assets of any bank;

• acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank if after such acquisition it would own or control more than 5% of the voting shares of such bank (unless it already owns or controls the majority of such shares); or

• merging or consolidating with another bank holding company.

In addition, and subject to some exceptions, the Bank Holding Company Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with their regulations, require Federal Reserve approval prior to any person or company 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the bank holding company. Prior notice to the Federal Reserve is required if a person acquires 10% or more, but less than 25%, of any class of voting securities of a bank or bank holding company and either has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or no other person owns a greater percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after the transaction.

In November 1999, Congress enacted the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”), which made substantial revisions to the statutory restrictions separating banking activities from other financial activities. Under the GLBA, bank holding companies that are well-capitalized and well-managed and meet other conditions can elect to become “financial holding companies.” As financial holding companies, they and their subsidiaries are permitted to acquire or engage in previously impermissible activities such as insurance underwriting, securities underwriting and distribution, travel agency activities, insurance agency activities, merchant banking and other activities that the Federal Reserve determines to be financial in nature or complementary to these activities. Financial holding companies continue to be subject to the overall oversight and supervision of the Federal Reserve, but the GLBA applies the concept of functional regulation to the activities conducted by subsidiaries. For example, insurance activities would be subject to supervision and regulation by state insurance authorities. Although the Company has not elected to become a financial holding company in order to exercise the broader activity powers provided by the GLBA, the Company may elect do so in the future.

Payment of Dividends. The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. The majority of the Company’s revenues are from dividends paid to the Company by the Bank. The Bank is subject to laws and regulations that limit the amount of dividends it can pay. In addition, both the Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory restrictions relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain capital at or above regulatory minimums. Banking regulators have indicated that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only if the organization’s current earnings are sufficient to fully fund the dividends and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Company does not expect that any of these laws, regulations or policies will materially affect the ability of the Bank to pay dividends. Refer to Item 5 for additional information on dividend restrictions. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Bank paid $1,600,000 in dividends payable to the Company.

The FDIC has the general authority to limit the dividends paid by insured banks if the payment is deemed an unsafe and unsound practice. The FDIC has indicated that paying dividends that deplete a bank’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsound and unsafe banking practice.

Insurance of Accounts, Assessments and Regulation by the FDIC. The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC. The FDIC amended its risk-based assessment system in 2007 in which, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors. Effective April 1, 2011, the assessment base is an institution’s average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity, and the initial base assessment rates will be between 5 and 35 basis points depending on the institutions risk category, and subject to potential adjustment based on certain long-term unsecured debt and brokered deposits held by the institution.

4

In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act permanently raised the standard maximum deposit insurance amount to $250,000. The legislation did not change coverage for retirement accounts, which continues to be $250,000. Beginning December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2012, all deposits held in non-interest bearing transaction accounts at FDIC insured institutions will be fully insured regardless of the amount in the account.

Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve Board has issued risk-based and leverage capital guidelines applicable to banking organizations that it supervises. Under the risk-based capital requirements, the Company and the Bank are each generally required to maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8%. At least half of the total capital must be composed of “Tier 1 Capital”, which is defined as common equity, retained earnings and qualifying perpetual preferred stock, less certain intangibles. The remainder may consist of “Tier 2 Capital”, which is defined as specific subordinated debt, some hybrid capital instruments and other qualifying preferred stock and a limited amount of the loan loss allowance. In addition, each of the federal banking regulatory agencies has established minimum leverage capital requirements for banking organizations. Under these requirements, banking organizations must maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted average quarterly assets equal to 3% to 5%, subject to federal bank regulatory evaluation of an organization’s overall safety and soundness. In sum, the capital measures used by the federal banking regulators are as follows:

• the Total Capital ratio, which is the total of Tier 1 Capital and Tier 2 Capital;

• the Tier 1 Capital ratio; and

• the leverage ratio.

Under these regulations, a bank will be classified as follows:

• “well capitalized” if it has a Total Capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of 6% or greater, and is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive by a federal bank regulatory agency to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure;

• “adequately capitalized” if it has a Total Capital ratio of 8% or greater, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of 4% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 4% or greater – or 3% in certain circumstances – and is not well capitalized;

• “undercapitalized” if it has a Total Capital ratio of less than 8%, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of less than 4% - or 3% in certain circumstances;

• “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a Total Capital ratio of less than 6%, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of less than 3%, or a leverage ratio of less than 3%; or

• “critically undercapitalized” if its tangible equity is equal to or less than 2% of average quarterly tangible assets.

The risk-based capital standards of the Federal Reserve Board explicitly identify concentrations of credit risk and the risk arising from non-traditional activities, as well as an institution’s ability to manage these risks, as important factors to be taken into account by the agency in assessing an institution’s overall capital adequacy. The capital guidelines also provide that an institution’s exposure to a decline in the economic value of its capital due to changes in interest rates be considered by the agency as a factor in evaluating a banking organization’s capital adequacy.

The Dodd-Frank Act contains a number of provisions dealing with capital adequacy of insured depository institutions and their holding companies, which may result in more stringent capital requirements. Under the Collins Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act, federal regulators have been directed to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for, among other entities, banks and bank holding companies on a consolidated basis. These minimum requirements can’t be less than the generally applicable leverage and risk-based capital requirements established for insured depository institutions nor quantitatively lower than the leverage and risk-based capital requirements established for insured depository institutions that were in effect as of July 21, 2010. These requirements in effect create capital level floors for bank holding companies similar to those in place currently for insured depository institutions. The Collins Amendment also excludes trust preferred securities issued after May 19, 2010 from being included in Tier 1 capital unless the issuing company is a bank holding company with less than $500 million in total assets. Trust preferred securities issued prior to that date will continue to count as Tier 1 capital for bank holding companies with less than $15 billion in total assets, and such securities will be phased out of Tier 1 capital treatment for bank holding companies with over $15 billion in total assets over a three-year period beginning in 2013. Accordingly, the Company’s trust preferred securities will continue to qualify as Tier 1 capital.

The FDIC may take various corrective actions against any undercapitalized bank and any bank that fails to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails to implement a plan acceptable to the FDIC. These powers include, but are not limited to, requiring the institution to be recapitalized, prohibiting asset growth, restricting interest rates paid, requiring prior approval of capital distributions by any bank holding company that controls the institution, requiring divestiture by the institution of its subsidiaries or by the holding company of the institution itself, requiring new election of directors, and requiring the dismissal of directors and officers. The Bank presently maintains sufficient capital to remain well capitalized under these guidelines.

Other Safety and Soundness Regulations. There are a number of obligations and restrictions imposed on bank holding companies and their depository institution subsidiaries by federal law and regulatory policy that are designed to reduce potential loss exposure to the depositors of such depository institutions and to the FDIC insurance funds in the event that the depository institution is insolvent or is in danger of becoming insolvent.

For example, under the requirements of the Federal Reserve Board with respect to bank holding company operations, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary depository institutions and to commit resources to support such institutions in circumstances where it might not do so otherwise. In addition, the “cross-guarantee” provisions of federal law require insured depository institutions under common control to reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered or reasonably anticipated by the FDIC as a result of the insolvency of commonly controlled insured depository institutions or for any assistance provided by the FDIC to commonly controlled insured depository institutions in danger of failure. The FDIC may decline to enforce the cross-guarantee provision if it determines that a waiver is in the best interests of the deposit insurance funds. The FDIC’s claim for reimbursement under the cross guarantee provisions is superior to claims of shareholders of the insured depository institution or its holding company but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and nonaffiliated holders of subordinated debt of the commonly controlled insured depository institutions.

5

Interstate Banking and Branching. Current federal law authorizes interstate acquisitions of banks and bank holding companies without geographic limitation. Effective June 1, 1997, a bank headquartered in one state is authorized to merge with a bank headquartered in another state, as long as neither of the states had opted out of such interstate merger authority prior to such date. After a bank has established branches in a state through an interstate merger transaction, the bank may establish and acquire additional branches at any location in the state where a bank headquartered in that state could have established or acquired branches under applicable federal or state law.

Monetary Policy. The commercial banking business is affected not only by general economic conditions but also by the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board. The instruments of monetary policy employed by the Federal Reserve Board include open market operations in United States government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowing and changes in reserve requirements against deposits held by all federally insured banks. The Federal Reserve Board’s monetary policies have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. In view of changing conditions in the national and international economy and in the money markets, as well as the effect of actions by monetary fiscal authorities, including the Federal Reserve Board, no prediction can be made as to possible future changes in interest rates, deposit levels, loan demand or the business and earnings of the Bank.

Federal Reserve System. In 1980, Congress enacted legislation that imposed reserve requirements on all depository institutions that maintain transaction accounts or nonpersonal time deposits. NOW accounts, money market deposit accounts and other types of accounts that permit payments or transfers to third parties fall within the definition of transaction accounts and are subject to these reserve requirements, as are any nonpersonal time deposits at an institution.

The reserve percentages are subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve Board. Because required reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash or in a non-interest-bearing account at, or on behalf of, a Federal Reserve Bank, the effect of the reserve requirement is to reduce the amount of the institution’s interest-earning assets.

Transactions with Affiliates. Transactions between banks and their affiliates are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of a bank is any bank or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such bank. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B (i) limit the extent to which the Bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus, and maintain an aggregate limit on all such transactions with affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus, and (ii) require that all such transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the association or subsidiary as those provided to a nonaffiliate. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of a guarantee and similar other types of transactions.

Transactions with Insiders. The Federal Reserve Act and related regulations impose specific restrictions on loans to directors, executive officers and principal shareholders of banks. Under Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act, loans to a director, an executive officer and to a principal shareholder of a bank, and some affiliated entities of any of the foregoing, may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such person and affiliated entities, the bank’s loan-to-one borrower limit. Loans in the aggregate to insiders and their related interests as a class may not exceed two times the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus until the bank’s total assets equal or exceed $100,000,000, at which time the aggregate is limited to the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. Section 22(h) also prohibits loans, above amounts prescribed by the appropriate federal banking agency, to directors, executive officers and principal shareholders of a bank or bank holding company, and their respective affiliates, unless such loan is approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the bank with any “interested” director not participating in the voting. The FDIC has prescribed the loan amount, which includes all other outstanding loans to such person, as to which such prior board of director approval is required, as being the greater of $25,000 or 5% of capital and surplus (up to $500,000). Section 22(h) requires that loans to directors, executive officers and principal shareholders be made on terms and underwriting standards substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons.

The Dodd-Frank Act also provides that banks may not “purchase an asset from, or sell an asset to” a bank insider (or their related interests) unless (i) the transaction is conducted on market terms between the parties, and (ii) if the proposed transaction represents more than 10 percent of the capital stock and surplus of the bank, it has been approved in advance by a majority of the bank’s non-interested directors.

Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act and related regulations, depository institutions have an affirmative obligation to assist in meeting the credit needs of their market areas, including low and moderate-income areas, consistent with safe and sound banking practice. The Community Reinvestment Act requires the adoption by each institution of a Community Reinvestment Act statement for each of its market areas describing the depository institution’s efforts to assist in its community’s credit needs. Depository institutions are periodically examined for compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act and are periodically assigned ratings in this regard. Banking regulators consider a depository institution’s Community Reinvestment Act rating when reviewing applications to establish new branches, undertake new lines of business, and/or acquire part or all of another depository institution. An unsatisfactory rating can significantly delay or even prohibit regulatory approval of a proposed transaction by a bank holding company or its depository institution subsidiaries.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and federal bank regulators have made various changes to the Community Reinvestment Act. Among other changes, Community Reinvestment Act agreements with private parties must be disclosed and annual reports must be made to a bank’s primary federal regulator. A bank holding company will not be permitted to become a financial holding company and no new activities authorized under the GLBA may be commenced by a holding company or by a bank financial subsidiary if any of its bank subsidiaries received less than a “satisfactory” rating in its latest Community Reinvestment Act examination.

6

Fair Lending; Consumer Laws. In addition to the Community Reinvestment Act, other federal and state laws regulate various lending and consumer aspects of the banking business. Governmental agencies, including the Department of Housing and Urban Development, the Federal Trade Commission and the Department of Justice, have become concerned that prospective borrowers experience discrimination in their efforts to obtain loans from depository and other lending institutions. These agencies have brought litigation against depository institutions alleging discrimination against borrowers. Many of these suits have been settled, in some cases for material sums, short of a full trial.

These governmental agencies have clarified what they consider to be lending discrimination and have specified various factors that they will use to determine the existence of lending discrimination under the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act, including evidence that a lender discriminated on a prohibited basis, evidence that a lender treated applicants differently based on prohibited factors in the absence of evidence that the treatment was the result of prejudice or a conscious intention to discriminate, and evidence that a lender applied an otherwise neutral non-discriminatory policy uniformly to all applicants, but the practice had a discriminatory effect, unless the practice could be justified as a business necessity.

Banks and other depository institutions are also subject to numerous consumer-oriented laws and regulations. These laws, which include the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, and the Fair Housing Act, require compliance by depository institutions with various disclosure requirements and requirements regulating the availability of funds after deposit or the making of some loans to customers.

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 was signed into law on November 12, 1999. The GLBA covers a broad range of issues, including a repeal of most of the restrictions on affiliations among depository institutions, securities firms and insurance companies. The following description summarizes some of its significant provisions.

The GLBA repeals sections 20 and 32 of the Glass-Steagall Act, thus permitting unrestricted affiliations between banks and securities firms. It also permits bank holding companies to elect to become financial holding companies. A financial holding company may engage in or acquire companies that engage in a broad range of financial services, including securities activities such as underwriting, dealing, investment, merchant banking, insurance underwriting, sales and brokerage activities. In order to become a financial holding company, the bank holding company and all of its affiliated depository institutions must be well-capitalized, well-managed and have at least a satisfactory Community Reinvestment Act rating.

The GLBA provides that the states continue to have the authority to regulate insurance activities, but prohibits the states in most instances from preventing or significantly interfering with the ability of a bank, directly or through an affiliate, to engage in insurance sales, solicitations or cross-marketing activities. Although the states generally must regulate bank insurance activities in a nondiscriminatory manner, the states may continue to adopt and enforce rules that specifically regulate bank insurance activities in specific areas identified under the law. Under the new law, the federal bank regulatory agencies adopted insurance consumer protection regulations that apply to sales practices, solicitations, advertising and disclosures.

The GLBA adopts a system of functional regulation under which the Federal Reserve Board is designated as the umbrella regulator for financial holding companies, but financial holding company affiliates are principally regulated by functional regulators such as the FDIC for state nonmember bank affiliates, the Securities and Exchange Commission for securities affiliates, and state insurance regulators for insurance affiliates. It repeals the broad exemption of banks from the definitions of “broker” and “dealer” for purposes of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. It also identifies a set of specific activities, including traditional bank trust and fiduciary activities, in which a bank may engage without being deemed a “broker,” and a set of activities in which a bank may engage without being deemed a “dealer.” Additionally, the new law makes conforming changes in the definitions of “broker” and “dealer” for purposes of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

The GLBA contains extensive customer privacy protection provisions. Under these provisions, a financial institution must provide to its customers, both at the inception of the customer relationship and on an annual basis, the institution’s policies and procedures regarding the handling of customers’ nonpublic personal financial information. The new law provides that, except for specific limited exceptions, an institution may not provide such personal information to unaffiliated third parties unless the institution discloses to the customer that such information may be so provided and the customer is given the opportunity to opt out of such disclosure. An institution may not disclose to a non-affiliated third party, other than to a consumer reporting agency, customer account numbers or other similar account identifiers for marketing purposes. The GLBA also provides that the states may adopt customer privacy protections that are more strict than those contained in the act.

Bank Secrecy Act. Under the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), a financial institution is required to have systems in place to detect certain transactions, based on the size and nature of the transaction. Financial institutions are generally required to report cash transactions involving more than $10,000 to the United States Treasury. In addition, financial institutions are required to file suspicious activity reports for transactions that involve more than $5,000 and which the financial institution knows, suspects or has reason to suspect, involves illegal funds, is designed to evade the requirements of the BSA or has no lawful purpose. The USA PATRIOT Act, enacted in response to the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, requires bank regulators to consider a financial institution’s compliance with the BSA when reviewing applications from a financial institution. As part of its BSA program, the USA PATRIOT Act also requires a financial institution to follow recently implemented customer identification procedures when opening accounts for new customers and to review lists of individuals and entities who are prohibited from opening accounts at financial institutions.

7

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act represents a comprehensive revision of laws affecting corporate governance, accounting obligations and corporate reporting. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act is applicable to all companies with equity securities registered or that file reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In particular, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act establishes: (i) new requirements for audit committees, including independence, expertise, and responsibilities; (ii) additional responsibilities regarding financial statements for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the reporting company; (iii) new standards for auditors and regulation of audits; (iv) increased disclosure and reporting obligations for the reporting company and its directors and executive officers; and (v) new and increased civil and criminal penalties for violations of the securities laws. Many of the provisions were effective immediately while other provisions become effective over a period of time and are subject to rulemaking by the SEC. Because the Company’s common stock is registered with the SEC, it is currently subject to this Act.

Future Regulatory Uncertainty Because federal and state regulation of financial institutions changes regularly and is the subject of constant legislative debate, the Company cannot forecast how federal and state regulation of financial institutions may change in the future and, as a result, impact our operations. Although Congress and the state legislature in recent years have sought to reduce the regulatory burden on financial institutions with respect to the approval of specific transactions, the Company fully expects that the financial institution industry will remain heavily regulated in the near future and that additional laws or regulations may be adopted further regulating specific banking practices.

Incentive Compensation. In June 2010, the Federal Reserve issued a final rule on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. Banking organizations are instructed to review their incentive compensation policies to ensure that they do not encourage excessive risk-taking and implement corrective programs as needed. The Federal Reserve Board will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of banking organizations, such as the Bank, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews will be tailored to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization’s activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the organization’s ability to make acquisitions and take other actions.

Dodd-Frank Act. In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law, incorporating numerous financial institution regulatory reforms. Many of these reforms will be implemented over the course of 2011 and beyond through regulations to be adopted by various federal banking and securities regulatory agencies. The Dodd-Frank Act implements far-reaching reforms of major elements of the financial landscape, particularly for larger financial institutions. Many of its provisions do not directly impact community-based institutions like the Bank. For instance, provisions that regulate derivative transactions and limit derivatives trading activity of federally-insured institutions, enhance supervision of “systemically significant” institutions, impose new regulatory authority over hedge funds, limit proprietary trading by banks, and phase-out the eligibility of trust preferred securities for Tier 1 capital are among the provisions that do not directly impact the Bank either because of exemptions for institutions below a certain asset size or because of the nature of the Bank’s operations. Provisions that could impact the Bank include the following:

• FDIC Assessments. The Dodd-Frank Act changes the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits to average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity. In addition, it increases the minimum size of the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) and eliminates its ceiling, with the burden of the increase in the minimum size on institutions with more than $10 billion in assets.

• Deposit Insurance. The Dodd-Frank Act makes permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance and provides unlimited federal deposit insurance until December 31, 2012 for non-interest-bearing demand transaction accounts at all insured depository institutions.

• Interest on Demand Deposits. The Dodd- Frank Act also provides that, effective one year after the date of enactment, depository institutions may pay interest on demand deposits, including business transaction and other accounts.

• Interchange Fees. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve to set a cap on debit card interchange fees charged to retailers. While banks with less than $10 billion in assets, such as the Bank, are exempted from this measure, it is likely that all banks could be forced by market pressures to lower their interchange fees or face potential rejection of their cards by retailers.

• Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. The Dodd-Frank Act centralizes responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, responsible for implementing federal consumer protection laws, although banks below $10 billion in assets will continue to be examined and supervised for compliance with these laws by their federal bank regulator.

• Mortgage Lending. New requirements are imposed on mortgage lending, including new minimum underwriting standards, prohibitions on certain yield-spread compensation to mortgage originators, special consumer protections for mortgage loans that do not meet certain provision qualifications, prohibitions and limitations on certain mortgage terms and various new mandated disclosures to mortgage borrowers.

• Holding Company Capital Levels. Bank regulators are required to establish minimum capital levels for holding companies that are at least as stringent as those currently applicable to banks. In addition, all trust preferred securities issued after May 19, 2010 will be counted as Tier 2 capital, but the Company’s currently outstanding trust preferred securities will continue to qualify as Tier 1 capital.

• De Novo Interstate Branching. National and state banks are permitted to establish de novo interstate branches outside of their home state, and bank holding companies and banks must be well-capitalized and well managed in order to acquire banks located outside their home state.

• Transactions with Affiliates. The Dodd-Frank Act enhances the requirements for certain transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and increasing the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained.

• Transactions with Insiders. Insider transaction limitations are expanded through the strengthening of loan restrictions to insiders and the expansion of the types of transactions subject to the various limits, including derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending or borrowing transactions. Restrictions are also placed on certain asset sales to and from an insider to an institution, including requirements that such sales be on market terms and, in certain circumstances, approved by the institution’s board of directors.

• Corporate Governance. The Dodd-Frank Act includes corporate governance revisions that apply to all public companies, not just financial institutions, including with regard to executive compensation and proxy access to shareholders.

8

Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to rulemaking and will take effect over several years, and their impact on the Company or the financial industry is difficult to predict before such regulations are adopted.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

The Company is subject to many risks that could adversely affect its future financial condition and performance and, therefore, the market value of its securities. The risk factors applicable to the Company include, but are not limited to the following:

Difficult market conditions have adversely affected our industry.

Dramatic declines in the housing market, falling home prices and increasing foreclosures, and unemployment and under-employment have negatively impacted the credit performance of real estate related loans and resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions. These write-downs, initially of asset-backed securities but spreading to other securities and loans, have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to reduce or eliminate dividends, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to fail. Reflecting concern about the stability of the financial markets generally and the strength of counterparties, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced or ceased providing funding to borrowers, including to other financial institutions. This market turmoil and tightening of credit have led to an increased level of commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of consumer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction of business activity generally. The resulting economic pressure on consumers and lack of confidence in the financial markets has adversely affected our business and results of operations. Market developments may affect consumer confidence levels and may cause adverse changes in payment patterns, causing increases in delinquencies and default rates, which may impact our charge-offs and provision for credit losses. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and others in the financial institutions industry.

The Company’s concentration in loans secured by real estate may increase its credit losses, which would negatively affect our financial results.

At December 31, 2011, loans secured by real estate totaled $370,167,000 and represented 90.2% of the Company’s loan portfolio. If adverse changes in the local real estate market or in the local or national economy continue, borrowers’ ability to pay these loans may be further impaired, which could impact the Company’s financial performance. The Company attempts to limit its exposure to this risk by applying good underwriting practices at origination, evaluating the appraisals used to establish property values, and routinely monitoring the financial condition of borrowers. If the value of real estate serving as collateral for the loan portfolio were to continue to decline materially, a significant part of the loan portfolio could become under-collateralized. If the loans that are secured by real estate become troubled when real estate market conditions are declining or have declined, in the event of foreclosure, the Company may not be able to realize the amount of collateral that was anticipated at the time of originating the loan. In that event, the Company might have to increase the provision for loan losses, which could have a material adverse effect on its operating results and financial condition.

An inadequate allowance for loan losses would reduce our earnings.

Our earnings are significantly affected by our ability to properly originate, underwrite and service loans. We maintain an allowance for loan losses based upon many factors, including the following:

• actual loan loss history;

• volume, growth, and composition of the loan portfolio;

• the amount of non-performing loans and the value of their related collateral;

• the effect of changes in the local real estate market on collateral values;

• the effect of current economic conditions on a borrower’s ability to pay; and

• other factors deemed relevant by management.

These determinations are based upon estimates that are inherently subjective, and their accuracy depends on the outcome of future events; therefore, realized losses may differ from current estimates. Changes in economic, operating, and other conditions, including changes in interest rates, which are generally beyond our control, could increase actual loan losses significantly. As a result, actual losses could exceed our current allowance estimate. We cannot provide assurance that our allowance for loan losses is sufficient to cover actual loan losses should such losses differ significantly from the current estimates.

In addition, there can be no assurance that our methodology for assessing our asset quality will succeed in properly identifying impaired loans or calculating an appropriate loan loss allowance. We could sustain losses if we incorrectly assess the creditworthiness of our borrowers or fail to detect or respond to deterioration in asset quality in a timely manner. If our assumptions and judgments prove to be incorrect and the allowance for loan losses is inadequate to absorb losses, or if bank regulatory authorities require us to increase the allowance for loan losses as a part of their examination process, our earnings and capital could be significantly and adversely affected.

The Company’s success depends upon its ability to manage interest rate risk.

The profitability of the Company depends significantly on its net interest income, which is the difference between the interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and the interest paid on deposits and borrowings. Changes in interest rates will affect the rates earned on securities and loans and rates paid on deposits and other borrowings. While the Company believes that its current interest rate exposure does not present any significant negative exposure to interest rate changes, it cannot eliminate its exposure to interest rate risk because the factors which cause interest rate risk are beyond the Company’s control. These factors include competition, federal economic, monetary and fiscal policies, and general economic conditions.

9

The Company may not be able to successfully manage its growth or implement its growth strategy, which may adversely affect results of operations and financial condition.

A key component of the Company’s business strategy is to continue to grow and expand. The Company’s ability to grow and expand depends upon its ability to open new branch locations, attract new deposits to the existing and new branch locations, and identify attractive loan and investment opportunities. The Company may not be able to implement its growth strategy if it is unable to identify attractive markets or branch locations. Once identified, successfully managing growth will depend on integrating the new branch locations while maintaining adequate capital, cost controls and asset quality. As this growth strategy is implemented, the Company will incur construction costs and increased personnel, occupancy and other operating expenses. Because these costs are incurred before new deposits and loans are generated, adding new branch locations will initially decrease earnings, despite efficient execution of this strategy.

The Company’s success depends upon its ability to compete effectively in the banking industry.

The Company’s banking subsidiary faces competition from banks and other financial institutions, including savings and loan associations, savings banks, finance companies and credit unions for deposits, loans and other financial services in our market area. Certain divisions within the banking subsidiary face competition from wealth management and investment brokerage firms. A number of these banks and other financial institutions are significantly larger and have substantially greater access to capital and other resources, as well as larger lending limits and branch systems, and offer a wider array of banking services. This competition may reduce or limit our margins and our market share and may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The Company could be adversely affected by economic conditions in its market area.

The Company’s branches are located in the counties of Clarke, Frederick and Loudoun, and the City of Winchester. The current recession presents numerous challenges to the way we do business. Poor economic conditions, which are beyond our control, negatively impact the Company’s financial condition and performance. These conditions influence the volume of loans and deposits, the asset quality of the loan portfolio, and pricing of loans and deposits.

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial industry. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the financial instrument exposure due us. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

Government measures to regulate the financial industry, including the recently enacted Dodd-Frank Act, subject us to increased regulation and could adversely affect us.

As a financial institution, we are heavily regulated at the state and federal levels. As a result of the financial crisis and related global economic downturn that began in 2007, we have faced, and expect to continue to face, increased public and legislative scrutiny as well as stricter and more comprehensive regulation of our financial services practices. In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act includes significant changes in the financial regulatory landscape and will impact all financial institutions, including the Company and the Bank. Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act have begun to be or will be implemented over the next several months and years and will be subject both to further rulemaking and the discretion of applicable regulatory bodies. Because the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act will depend on future regulatory rulemaking and interpretation, we cannot predict the full effect of this legislation on our businesses, financial condition or results of operations. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act and the regulations implemented thereunder could limit debit card interchange fees, increase FDIC assessments, impose new requirements on mortgage lending, and establish more stringent capital requirements on bank holding companies. As a result of these and other provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act, we could experience additional costs, as well as limitations on the products and services we offer and on our ability to efficiently pursue business opportunities, which may adversely affect our businesses, financial condition or results of operations.

The Company relies heavily on its senior management team and the unexpected loss of key officers could adversely affect operations.

The Company believes that its growth and success depends heavily upon the skills of its senior management team. The Company also depends on the experience of its subsidiary’s officers and on their relationships with the customers they serve. The loss of one or more of these officers could disrupt the Company’s operations and impair its ability to implement its business strategy, which could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and performance.

10

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

The Company owns or leases buildings which are used in normal business operations. The following list contains information about the business locations of the Company. Information about the functional purpose of the location and whether the location is owned or leased is included in the list. The Company believes that its properties are maintained in good operating condition and are suitable and adequate for its purposes.

Corporate Headquarters:
2 East Main Street Berryville, Virginia 22611 County of Clarke	The main office, owned by the Bank, is a two-story building of brick construction. It houses a full-service branch location, including lending services. In addition, it houses the Bank’s Operations, Information Technology, Finance, Human Resources, and Marketing Departments. This location has an ATM, but no drive-up banking.
Banking Locations:
108 West Main Street Boyce, Virginia 22620	This location, owned by the Bank, has a full-service lobby, including lending services. It also has drive-up banking, and a drive-up ATM.
202 North Loudoun Street Winchester, Virginia 22601	This location, owned by the Bank, is a three-story brick building. The first floor houses the branch services, including drive-up banking and a drive-up ATM. The Bank’s loan department is located on the second floor, which includes loan officers, loan operations and collections. Eagle Investment Group is located on the third floor along with a few businesses who lease office space that the Bank does not currently need. The basement of this location serves as a training facility for the Bank.
400 McNeil Drive Berryville, Virginia 22611	This location, owned by the Bank, offers drive-up banking only. It also has a drive-up ATM.
1508 Senseny Road Winchester, Virginia 22602	This location, owned by the Bank, has a full-service lobby, including lending services. It also has drive-up banking and a drive-up ATM.
1460 North Frederick Pike Winchester, Virginia 22602	This location, owned by the Bank, has a full-service lobby, including lending services. It also has drive-up banking and a drive-up ATM.
3360 Valley Pike Winchester, Virginia 22602	This location, owned by the Bank, has a full-service lobby, including lending services. It also has drive-up banking and a drive-up ATM.
1879 Berryville Pike Winchester, Virginia 22602	The Bank leases the land on which this branch was constructed. This location has a full-service lobby, including lending services. It also has drive-up banking and a drive-up ATM.
382 Fairfax Pike Stephens City, Virginia 22655	This location, owned by the Bank, has a full-service lobby, including lending services. It also has drive-up banking and a drive-up ATM.
2555 Pleasant Valley Road Winchester, Virginia 22601	This location, owned by the Bank, opened in July 2010 and replaced the branch located on Jubal Early Drive. The branch has a full-service lobby, including lending services. It also has drive-up banking and a drive-up ATM.
110 Crock Wells Mill Drive Winchester, Virginia 22603	This location, owned by the Bank, has a full-service lobby, including lending services. It also has drive-up banking and a drive-up ATM.
21 Main Street Round Hill, VA 20141	This location, leased by the Bank, opened in 2011 and is the bank’s first branch located in Loudoun County. It has a full-service lobby, including lending services. It also has drive-up banking and a drive-up ATM.
Other Properties:	None

11

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

There are no material pending legal proceedings to which the Company is a party or of which the property of the Company is subject.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

None

12

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company’s common stock is not listed for trading on a registered exchange. Shares of the common stock of the Company are traded on the over-the-counter (OTC) market and quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “EFSI.” The OTC Bulletin Board provides information about the common stock to professional market makers who match sellers with buyers. Securities brokers can obtain information from the OTC Bulletin Board when working with clients. When a client decides to initiate a transaction, the broker will contact one of the stock’s market makers.

The Company has a limited record of trades involving its common stock in the sense of “bid” and “ask” prices or in highs and lows. The effort to accurately disclose trading prices is made more difficult due to the fact that price per share information is not required to be disclosed to the Company when shares of its stock have been sold by holders and purchased by others. The table titled “Common Stock Market Price and Dividend Data” summarizes the high and low sales prices of shares of the Company’s common stock on the basis of trades known to the Company (including trades through the OTC Bulletin Board) and dividends declared during 2011 and 2010. The Company may not be aware of the per share price of all trades made.

Common Stock Market Price and Dividend Data

	2011				2010				Dividends Per Share
	High		Low		High		Low		2011		2010
1st Quarter	$	17.54	$	16.00	$	18.25	$	15.75	$	0.18	$	0.17
2nd Quarter		18.00		15.75		18.25		16.00		0.18		0.17
3rd Quarter		18.25		14.65		18.01		15.82		0.18		0.17
4th Quarter		17.75		16.35		17.75		16.30		0.18		0.18

As of March 7, 2012, the Company had approximately 1,162 shareholders of record.

The Company has historically paid dividends on a quarterly basis. The final determination of the timing, amount and payment of dividends on the Common Stock is at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors. Some of the factors affecting the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock are operating results, financial condition, capital adequacy, regulatory requirements and shareholders returns.

The Company is organized under the Virginia Stock Corporation Act, which prohibits the payment of a dividend if, after giving it effect, the corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business or if the corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed, if the corporation were to be dissolved, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of any preferred shareholders.

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. Its ability to distribute cash dividends will depend primarily on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to it, and the Bank is subject to laws and regulations that limit the amount of dividends that it can pay. As a state member bank, the Bank is subject to certain restrictions imposed by the reserve and capital requirements of federal and Virginia banking statutes and regulations. Under Virginia law, a bank may not declare a dividend in excess of its undivided profits. Additionally, the Bank may not declare a dividend if the total amount of all dividends, including the proposed dividend, declared by it in any calendar year exceeds the total of its retained net income of that year to date, combined with its retained net income of the two preceding years, unless the dividend is approved by the Federal Reserve.

The Federal Reserve and the state of Virginia have the general authority to limit the dividends paid by insured banks if the payment is deemed an unsafe and unsound practice. Both the state of Virginia and the Federal Reserve have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a bank’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsound and unsafe banking practice. Under the Federal Reserve’s regulations, the Bank may not declare or pay any dividend in excess of its net income for the current year plus any retained net income from the prior two calendar years. The Bank may also not declare or pay a dividend without the approval of its board and two-thirds of its shareholders if the dividend would exceed its undivided profits, as reported to the Federal Reserve.

In addition, the Company is subject to certain regulatory requirements to maintain capital at or above regulatory minimums. These regulatory requirements regarding capital affect its dividend policies. The Federal Reserve has indicated that a bank holding company should generally pay dividends only if its current earnings are sufficient to fully fund the dividends, and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities for the Quarter Ended December 31, 2011

The following table details the Company’s purchases of its common stock during the fourth quarter pursuant to the Stock Repurchase Program announced on September 19, 2011. The Company authorized 150,000 shares for repurchase under the Stock Repurchase program. The Program has an expiration date of June 30, 2012.

13

	Total Number of Shares Purchased		Average Price Paid Per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plan		Maximum Number of Shares that may Yet Be Purchased Under the Plan
October 1 - October 31, 2011		—	$	—		—		150,000
November 1 - November 30, 2011		13,963		17.25		13,963		136,037
December 1 - December 31, 2011		1,700		17.50		1,700		134,337
		15,663	$	17.28		15,663		134,337

Stock Performance

The following line graph compares the cumulative total return to the shareholders of the Company to the returns of the NASDAQ Bank Index and the NASDAQ Composite Index for the last five years. The amounts in the table represent the value of the investment on December 31^st of the year indicated, assuming $100 was initially invested on December 31, 2006 and the reinvestment of dividends. See Management Discussion and Analysis sections Liquidity and Capital Resources and Note 17, “Restrictions on Dividends, Loans and Advances” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information on Eagle Financial Services, Inc. ability and intent to pay dividends.

	2006		2007		2008		2009		2010		2011
Eagle Financial Services, Inc.	$	100	$	78	$	57	$	58	$	64	$	68
NASDAQ Bank Index		100		78		59		48		54		47
NASDAQ Composite Index		100		110		65		94		110		108

14

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table presents selected financial data, which was derived from the Company’s audited financial statements for the periods indicated.

	December 31,
	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
	(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Income Statement Data:
Interest and dividend income	$	27,571		$	27,789		$	27,453		$	29,439		$	31,162
Interest expense		4,805			5,530			6,793			10,512			13,892
Net interest income	$	22,766		$	22,259		$	20,660		$	18,927		$	17,270
Provision for loan losses		3,750			6,325			4,350			2,310			550
Net interest income after provision for loan losses	$	19,016		$	15,934		$	16,310		$	16,617		$	16,720
Noninterest income		5,585			5,499			4,626			4,609			6,192
Net revenue	$	24,601		$	21,433		$	20,936		$	21,226		$	22,912
Noninterest expenses		18,908			16,809			16,480			15,814			15,551
Income before income taxes	$	5,693		$	4,624		$	4,456		$	5,412		$	7,361
Applicable income taxes		1,371			1,019			1,015			1,357			2,100
Net Income	$	4,322		$	3,605		$	3,441		$	4,055		$	5,261
Performance Ratios:
Return on average assets		0.76	%		0.65	%		0.65	%		0.79	%		1.04	%
Return on average equity		7.73	%		6.71	%		7.06	%		8.81	%		12.25	%
Shareholders’ equity to assets		10.23	%		9.63	%		9.65	%		8.87	%		8.90	%
Dividend payout ratio		54.77	%		61.98	%		63.02	%		52.01	%		37.87	%
Non-performing loans to total loans		0.62	%		2.05	%		1.26	%		0.87	%		0.00	%
Non-performing assets to total assets		0.86	%		1.82	%		1.47	%		0.78	%		0.04	%
Per Share Data:
Net income, basic	$	1.31		$	1.11		$	1.09		$	1.29		$	1.70
Net income, diluted		1.31			1.11			1.08			1.29			1.69
Cash dividends declared		0.72			0.69			0.68			0.67			0.64
Book value		17.67			16.50			16.05			14.79			14.57
Market price		16.81			16.50			15.75			16.10			22.75
Average shares outstanding, basic		3,292,290			3,243,292			3,177,244			3,136,535			3,101,276
Average shares outstanding, diluted		3,299,998			3,250,868			3,184,534			3,143,907			3,113,792
Balance Sheet Data:
Total securities	$	117,654		$	113,776		$	101,210		$	98,919		$	84,237
Total loans		410,424			408,449			404,066			390,086			389,661
Total assets		568,022			558,840			535,385			528,142			507,551
Total deposits		448,465			429,296			398,107			386,527			379,585
Shareholders’ equity		58,090			53,829			51,643			46,829			45,178

15

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation

The purpose of this discussion is to focus on the important factors affecting the financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and capital resources of Eagle Financial Services, Inc. (the “Company”). This discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements presented in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.

GENERAL

The Company is a bank holding company which owns 100% of the stock of Bank of Clarke County (the “Bank”). Accordingly, the results of operations for the Company are dependent upon the operations of the Bank. The Bank conducts commercial banking business which consists of attracting deposits from the general public and investing those funds in commercial, consumer and real estate loans and corporate, municipal and U.S. government agency securities. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to the extent permitted by law. At December 31, 2011, the Company had total assets of $568,022,000, net loans of $401,681,000, total deposits of $448,465,000 and shareholders’ equity of $58,090,000. The Company’s net income was $4,322,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

MANAGEMENT’S STRATEGY

The Company strives to be an outstanding financial institution in its market by building solid sustainable relationships with: (1) its customers, by providing highly personalized customer service, a network of conveniently placed branches and ATMs, a competitive variety of products/services and courteous, professional employees, (2) its employees, by providing generous benefits, a positive work environment, advancement opportunities and incentives to exceed expectations, (3) its communities, by participating in local concerns, providing monetary support, supporting employee volunteerism and providing employment opportunities, and (4) its shareholders, by providing sound profits and returns, sustainable growth, regular dividends and committing to our local, independent status.

OPERATING STRATEGY

The Bank is a locally owned and managed financial institution. This allows the Bank to be flexible and responsive in the products and services it offers. The Bank grows primarily by lending funds to local residents and businesses at a competitive price that reflects the inherent risk of lending. The Bank attempts to fund these loans through deposits gathered from local residents and businesses. The Bank prices its deposits by comparing alternative sources of funds and selecting the lowest cost available. When deposits are not adequate to fund asset growth, the Bank relies on borrowings, both short and long term. The Bank’s primary source of borrowed funds is the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta which offers numerous terms and rate structures to the Bank.

As interest rates change, the Bank attempts to maintain its net interest margin. This is accomplished by changing the price, terms, and mix of its financial assets and liabilities. The Bank also earns fees on services provided through Eagle Investment Group, which is the Bank’s investment management division that offers both trust services and investment sales, mortgage originations and deposit operations. The Bank also incurs noninterest expenses associated with compensating employees, maintaining and acquiring fixed assets, and purchasing goods and services necessary to support its daily operations.

The Bank has a marketing department which seeks to develop new business. This is accomplished through an ongoing calling program whereby account officers visit with existing and potential customers to discuss the products and services offered. The Bank also utilizes traditional advertising such as television commercials, radio ads, newspaper ads, and billboards.

LENDING POLICIES

Administration and supervision over the lending process is provided by the Bank’s Credit Administration Department. The principal risk associated with the Bank’s loan portfolio is the creditworthiness of its borrowers. In an effort to manage this risk, the Bank’s policy gives loan amount approval limits to individual loan officers based on their position and level of experience. Credit risk is increased or decreased, depending on the type of loan and prevailing economic conditions. In consideration of the different types of loans in the portfolio, the risk associated with real estate mortgage loans, commercial loans and consumer loans varies based on employment levels, consumer confidence, fluctuations in the value of real estate and other conditions that affect the ability of borrowers to repay debt.

The Company has written policies and procedures to help manage credit risk. The Company utilizes a loan review process that includes formulation of portfolio management strategy, guidelines for underwriting standards and risk assessment, procedures for ongoing identification and management of credit deterioration, and regular portfolio reviews to establish loss exposure and to ascertain compliance with the Company’s policies.

16

The Bank uses a tiered approach to approve credit requests consisting of individual lending authorities, a senior management loan committee, and a director loan committee. Lending limits for individuals and the Senior Loan Committee are set by the Board of Directors and are determined by loan purpose, collateral type, and internal risk rating of the borrower. The highest individual authority (Category I) is assigned to the Bank’s President / Chief Executive Officer, Senior Loan Officer and Senior Credit Officer (approval authority only). Two officers in Category I may combine their authority to approve loan requests to borrowers with credit exposure up to $1,000,000 on a secured basis and $500,000 unsecured. Officers in Category II, III, IV, V, VI and VII have lesser authorities and with approval of a Category I officer may extend loans to borrowers with exposure of $500,000 on a secured basis and $250,000 unsecured. Loan exposures up to $1,000,000 may be approved with the concurrence of two, Category I officers. Loans to borrowers with total credit exposures between $1,000,000 and $3,000,000 are approved by the Senior Loan Committee consisting of the President, Chief Operating Officer, Senior Loan

Officer, Senior Credit Officer, and Chief Financial Officer. Approval of the Senior Loan Committee is required prior to being referred to the Director Loan Committee for approval. Loans exceeding $3,000,000 and up to the Bank’s legal lending limit can be approved by the Director Loan Committee consisting of four directors (three directors constituting a forum). The Director’s Loan Committee also reviews and approves changes to the Bank’s Loan Policy as presented by management.

The following sections discuss the major loan categories within the total loan portfolio:

One-to-Four-Family Residential Real Estate Lending

Residential lending activity may be generated by the Bank’s loan officer solicitations, referrals by real estate professionals, and existing or new bank customers. Loan applications are taken by a Bank loan officer. As part of the application process, information is gathered concerning income, employment and credit history of the applicant. The valuation of residential collateral is provided by independent fee appraisers who have been approved by the Bank’s Directors Loan Committee. In connection with residential real estate loans, the Bank requires title insurance, hazard insurance and, if applicable, flood insurance. In addition to traditional residential mortgage loans secured by a first or junior lien on the property, the Bank offers home equity lines of credit.

Commercial Real Estate Lending

Commercial real estate loans are secured by various types of commercial real estate in the Bank’s market area, including multi-family residential buildings, commercial buildings and offices, small shopping centers and churches. Commercial real estate loan originations are obtained through broker referrals, direct solicitation of developers and continued business from customers. In its underwriting of commercial real estate, the Bank’s loan to original appraised value ratio is generally 80% or less. Commercial real estate lending entails significant additional risk as compared with residential mortgage lending. Commercial real estate loans typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Additionally, the repayment of loans secured by income producing properties is typically dependent on the successful operation of a business or a real estate project and thus may be subject, to a greater extent, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy, in general. The Bank’s commercial real estate loan underwriting criteria require an examination of debt service coverage ratios, the borrower’s creditworthiness, prior credit history and reputation, and the Bank typically requires personal guarantees or endorsements of the borrowers’ principal owners.

Construction and Land Development Lending

The Bank makes local construction loans, primarily residential, and land acquisition and development loans. The construction loans are secured by residential houses under construction and the underlying land for which the loan was obtained. The average life of most construction loans is less than one year and the Bank offers both fixed and variable rate interest structures. The interest rate structure offered to customers depends on the total amount of these loans outstanding and the impact of the interest rate structure on the Bank’s overall interest rate risk. There are two characteristics of construction lending which impact its overall risk as compared to residential mortgage lending. First, there is more concentration risk due to the extension of a large loan balance through several lines of credit to a single developer or contractor. Second, there is more collateral risk due to the fact that loan funds are provided to the borrower based upon the estimated value of the collateral after completion. This could cause an inaccurate estimate of the amount needed to complete construction or an excessive loan-to-value ratio. To mitigate the risks associated with construction lending, the Bank generally limits loan amounts to 80% of the estimated appraised value of the finished home. The Bank also obtains a first lien on the property as security for its construction loans and typically requires personal guarantees from the borrower’s principal owners. Finally, the Bank performs inspections of the construction projects to ensure that the percentage of construction completed correlates with the amount of draws on the construction line of credit.

Commercial and Industrial Lending

Commercial business loans generally have more risk than residential mortgage loans, but have higher yields. To manage these risks, the Bank generally obtains appropriate collateral and personal guarantees from the borrower’s principal owners and monitors the financial condition of its business borrowers. Residential mortgage loans generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from employment and other income and are secured by real estate whose value tends to be readily ascertainable. In contrast, commercial business loans typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from cash flow from its business and are secured by business assets, such as commercial real estate, accounts receivable, equipment and inventory. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans is substantially dependent on the success of the business itself. Furthermore, the collateral for commercial business loans may depreciate over time and generally cannot be appraised with as much precision as residential real estate.

17

Consumer Lending

The Bank offers various secured and unsecured consumer loans, which include personal installment loans, personal lines of credit, automobile loans, and credit card loans. The Bank originates its consumer loans within its geographic market area and these loans are generally made to customers with whom the Bank has an existing relationship. Consumer loans generally entail greater risk than residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans which are unsecured or secured by rapidly depreciable assets such as automobiles. In such cases, any repossessed collateral on a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance as a result of the greater likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation. Consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and thus are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount which can be recovered on such loans.

The underwriting standards employed by the Bank for consumer loans include a determination of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and an assessment of ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. The stability of the applicant’s monthly income may be determined by verification of gross monthly income from primary employment, and from any verifiable secondary income. Although creditworthiness of the applicant is the primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes an analysis of the value of the security in relation to the proposed loan amount.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The financial statements of the Company are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). The financial information contained within these statements is, to a significant extent, based on measurements of the financial effects of transactions and events that have already occurred. A variety of factors could affect the ultimate value that is obtained when earning income, recognizing an expense, recovering an asset or relieving a liability. The Company uses historical loss factors as one element in determining the inherent loss that may be present in the loan portfolio. Actual losses could differ significantly from the historical factors that are used. In addition, GAAP itself may change from one previously acceptable method to another method. Although the economics of the transactions would be the same, the timing of events that would impact the transactions could change.

The allowance for loan losses is an estimate of the losses that may be sustained in the Company’s loan portfolio. As required by GAAP, the allowance for loan losses is accrued when their occurrence is probable and they can be estimated and that impairment losses be accrued based on the differences between the loan balance and the value of its collateral, the present value of future cash flows, or the price established in the secondary market. The Company’s allowance for loan losses has three basic components: the general allowance, the specific allowance and the unallocated allowance. Each of these components is determined based upon estimates that can and do change when actual events occur. The general allowance uses historical experience factors to estimate future losses and, as a result, the estimated amount of losses can differ significantly from the actual amount of losses which would be incurred in the future. However, the potential for significant differences is mitigated by continuously updating the loss history of the Company. The specific allowance is based upon the evaluation of specific impaired loans on which a loss may be realized. Factors such as past due history, ability to pay, and collateral value are used to identify those loans on which a loss may be realized. Each of these loans is then classified as to how much loss is estimated to be realized on its disposition. The sum of the losses on the individual loans becomes the Company’s specific allowance. This process is inherently subjective and actual losses may be greater than or less than the estimated specific allowance. The unallocated allowance captures losses that are attributable to various economic events which may affect a certain loan type within the loan portfolio or a certain industrial or geographic sector within the Company’s market. As the loans, which are affected by these events, are identified or losses are experienced on the loans which are affected by these events, they will be reflected within the specific or formula allowances. Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements presented in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of the 2011 Form 10-K, provides additional information related to the allowance for loan losses.

18

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

The Company makes forward looking statements in this report that are subject to risks and uncertainties. These forward looking statements include statements regarding our profitability, liquidity, allowance for loan losses, interest rate sensitivity, market risk, growth strategy, and financial and other goals. The words “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “anticipates,” “forecasts,” “intends,” or other similar words or terms are intended to identify forward looking statements. These forward looking statements are subject to significant uncertainties because they are based upon or are affected by factors including:

• difficult market conditions in our industry;

• unprecedented levels of market volatility;

• effects of soundness of other financial institutions;

• uncertain outcome of recently enacted legislation to stabilize the U.S. financial system;

• potential impact on us of recently enacted legislation;

• the ability to successfully manage growth or implement growth strategies if the Bank is unable to identify attractive markets, locations or opportunities to expand in the future;

• competition with other banks and financial institutions, and companies outside of the banking industry, including those companies that have substantially greater access to capital and other resources;

• the successful management of interest rate risk;

• risks inherent in making loans such as repayment risks and fluctuating collateral values;

• changes in general economic and business conditions in the market area;

• reliance on the management team, including the ability to attract and retain key personnel;

• changes in interest rates and interest rate policies;

• maintaining capital levels adequate to support growth;

• maintaining cost controls and asset qualities as new branches are opened or acquired;

• demand, development and acceptance of new products and services;

• problems with technology utilized by the Bank;

• changing trends in customer profiles and behavior;

• changes in banking and other laws and regulations; and

• other factors described in Item 1A., “Risk Factors,” above.

Because of these uncertainties, actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward looking statements. In addition, past results of operations do not necessarily indicate future results.

19

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Income

Net income for 2011 was $4,322,000, an increase of $717,000 or 19.9% over 2010’s net income of $3,605,000. Net income for 2010 increased $164,000 or 4.8% from 2009’s net income of $3,441,000. Diluted earnings per share were $1.31, $1.11, and $1.08 for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Return on average assets (ROA) measures how efficiently the Company uses its assets to produce net income. Some issues reflected within this efficiency include the Company’s asset mix, funding sources, pricing, fee generation, and cost control. The ROA of the Company, on an annualized basis, was 0.76%, 0.65%, and 0.65% for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Return on average equity (ROE) measures the utilization of shareholders’ equity in generating net income. This measurement is affected by the same factors as ROA with consideration to how much of the Company’s assets are funded by the shareholders. The ROE for the Company was 7.73%, 6.71%, and 7.06% for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income, the difference between total interest income and total interest expense, is the Company’s primary source of earnings. Net interest income was $22,766,000 for 2011, $22,259,000 for 2010, and $20,660,000 for 2009, which represents an increase of $507,000 or 2.3% and $1,599,000 or 7.7% for 2011 and 2010, respectively. Net interest income is derived from the volume of earning assets and the rates earned on those assets as compared to the cost of funds. Total interest income was $27,571,000 for 2011, $27,789,000 for 2010, and $27,453,000 for 2009, which represents a decrease of $218,000 or 0.8% and an increase of $336,000 or 1.2% for 2011 and 2010, respectively. Total interest expense was $4,805,000 for 2011, $5,530,000 for 2010, and $6,793,000 for 2009, which represents a decrease of $725,000 or 13.1% and $1,263,000 or 18.6% in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The table titled “Average Balances, Income and Expenses, Yields and Rates” displays the composition of interest earnings assets and interest bearing liabilities and their respective yields and rates for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

The net interest margin was 4.40% for 2011, 4.38% for 2010, and 4.31% for 2009. The net interest margin is calculated by dividing tax-equivalent net interest income by total average earnings assets. Tax-equivalent net interest income is calculated by adding the tax benefit on certain securities and loans, whose interest is tax-exempt, to total interest income then subtracting total interest expense. The tax rate used to calculate the tax benefit was 34% for 2011, 2010, and 2009. The table titled “Tax-Equivalent Net Interest Income” reconciles net interest income to tax-equivalent net interest income, which is not a measurement under GAAP, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

20

Average Balances, Income and Expenses, Yields and Rates

(dollars in thousands)

	2011								2010								2009
	Average Balances			Interest Income/ Expense		Average Yield/ Rate			Average Balances			Interest Income/ Expense		Average Yield/ Rate			Average Balances			Interest Income/ Expense		Average Yield/ Rate
Assets:
Securities:
Taxable	$	80,146		$	3,108		3.88	%	$	72,029		$	2,935		4.07	%	$	66,132		$	3,245		4.91	%
Tax-Exempt (1)		38,285			2,117		5.53	%		34,612			1,973		5.70	%		33,670			1,809		5.37	%
Total Securities	$	118,431		$	5,225		4.41	%	$	106,641		$	4,908		4.60	%	$	99,802		$	5,054		5.06	%
Loans:
Taxable		396,430			22,826		5.76	%		393,791			23,269		5.91	%		382,908			22,728		5.94	%
Non-accrual		4,735			0		0.00	%		8,352			0		0.00	%		2,515			0		0.00	%
Tax-Exempt (1)		4,657			307		6.59	%		5,600			394		7.04	%		5,974			413		6.91	%
Total Loans	$	405,822		$	23,133		5.70	%	$	407,743		$	23,663		5.80	%	$	391,397		$	23,141		5.91	%
Federal funds sold		5			0		0.00	%		1,326			2		0.15	%		4,937			10		0.20	%
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks		17,219			37		0.21	%		11,054			21		0.19	%		221			3		1.36	%
Total earning assets	$	536,742		$	28,395		5.29	%	$	526,764		$	28,594		5.43	%	$	496,357		$	28,208		5.68	%
Allowance for loan losses		(7,687	)							(6,638	)							(4,673	)
Total non-earning assets		42,051								33,673								34,473
Total assets	$	571,106							$	553,799							$	526,157
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:
Interest-bearing deposits:
NOW accounts	$	65,410		$	168		0.26	%	$	69,154		$	274		0.40	%	$	60,338		$	306		0.51	%
Money market accounts		73,879			336		0.45	%		66,819			407		0.61	%		60,001			543		0.90	%
Savings accounts		47,852			56		0.12	%		40,570			69		0.17	%		36,16 0			108		0.30	%
Time deposits:
$100,000 and more		63,215			618		0.98	%		59,944			710		1.18	%		51,455			1,941		3.77	%
Less than $100,000		89,987			1,261		1.40	%		87,940			1,523		1.73	%		94,523			1,142		1.21	%
Total interest-bearing deposits	$	340,343		$	2,439		0.72	%	$	324,427		$	2,983		0.92	%	$	302,477		$	4,040		1.34	%
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase		15,742			364		2.31	%		15,473			387		2.50	%		15,736			392		2.49	%
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		44,214			1,685		3.81	%		56,277			1,844		3.28	%		63,709			2,042		3.21	%
Trust preferred capital notes		7,217			317		4.39	%		7,217			316		4.38	%		7,217			319		4.42	%
Total interest-bearing liabilities	$	407,516		$	4,805		1.18	%	$	403,394		$	5,530		1.37	%	$	389,139		$	6,793		1.75	%
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
Demand deposits		104,041								93,583								84,876
Other Liabilities		4,048								3,114								3,423
Total liabilities	$	515,605							$	500,091							$	477,438
Shareholders’ equity		55,501								53,708								48,719
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	571,106							$	553,799							$	526,157
Net interest income				$	23,590							$	23,064							$	21,415
Net interest spread							4.11	%							4.06	%							3.93	%
Interest expense as a percent of average earning assets							0.90	%							1.05	%							1.37	%
Net interest margin							4.40	%							4.38	%							4.31	%

⁽¹⁾ Income and yields are reported on a tax-equivalent basis using a federal tax rate of 34%.

21

Tax-Equivalent Net Interest Income

(dollars in thousands)

	December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
GAAP Financial Measurements:
Interest Income - Loans	$	23,029	$	23,529	$	23,001
Interest Income - Securities and Other Interest-Earnings Assets		4,542		4,260		4,452
Interest Expense - Deposits		2,439		2,983		4,040
Interest Expense - Other Borrowings		2,366		2,547		2,753
Total Net Interest Income	$	22,766	$	22,259	$	20,660
Non-GAAP Financial Measurements:
Add: Tax Benefit on Tax-Exempt Interest Income - Loans	$	104	$	134	$	140
Add: Tax Benefit on Tax-Exempt Interest Income - Securities and Other Interest-Earnings Assets		720		671		615
Total Tax Benefit on Tax-Exempt Interest Income	$	824	$	805	$	755
Tax-Equivalent Net Interest Income	$	23,590	$	23,064	$	21,415

The tax-equivalent yield on earning assets decreased 14 basis points from 2010 to 2011 and 25 basis points from 2009 to 2010. The tax-equivalent yield on securities decreased 19 basis points from 2010 to 2011 and 46 basis points from 2009 to 2010. The tax-equivalent yield on loans decreased 10 basis points from 2010 to 2011 and 11 basis points from 2009 to 2010. The decrease in the yield on earning assets, securities, and the loan portfolio was primarily a result of the low interest rate environment that extended through 2011.

The average rate on interest-bearing liabilities decreased 19 basis points from 2010 to 2011 and 38 basis points from 2009 to 2010. These changes were caused primarily by deposit pricing and product mix. The average rate on total interest-bearing deposits decreased 20 basis points from 2010 to 2011 and 42 basis points from 2009 to 2010. In general, deposit pricing is done in response to monetary policy actions and yield curve changes. Local competition for funds affects the cost of time deposits, which are primarily comprised of certificates of deposit. The Company issues brokered certificates of deposit as a substitute for offering promotional certificates of deposit when their rates are lower. The rates on brokered certificates of deposit are usually comparable with other wholesale funding sources and these funds can be gathered more efficiently without causing existing deposits to reprice. The Company prefers to rely most heavily on non-maturity deposits, which include NOW accounts, money market accounts, and savings accounts. The average balance of non-maturity interest-bearing deposits increased $10,598,000 or 6.0% from $176,543,000 during 2010 to $187,141,000 in 2011 and increased $20,044,000 or 12.8% from $156,499,000 during 2009 to $176,543,000 during 2010. Changes in the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities can also be affected by the pricing on other sources of funds, namely borrowings. The Company utilizes overnight borrowings in the form of federal funds purchased and retail repurchase agreements. The Company also borrows funds for a longer term through wholesale repurchase agreements, which require marketable securities as collateral. The average rate on these borrowings decreased 19 basis points from 2010 to 2011 and increased 1 basis point from 2009 to 2010. The cost of federal funds purchased is affected by the Federal Reserve’s changes in the federal funds target rate, which remained at 0.25% during 2011. The rate on retail repurchase agreements is variable and changes monthly. Finally, the Company borrows from the Federal Home Loan Bank through short and long term advances. The average rate on FHLB advances increased 53 basis points from 2010 to 2011 and 7 basis points from 2009 to 2010. The average balance on FHLB advances decreased $12,063,000 in 2011.

The table titled “Volume and Rate Analysis” provides information about the effect of changes in financial assets and liabilities and changes in rates on net interest income. Non-accruing loans are excluded from the average outstanding loans. Tax-equivalent net interest income increased $526,000 during 2011. The increase in tax-equivalent net interest income during 2011 is comprised of an increase due to volume of $1,108,000 and a decrease due to rate of $582,000. The change in tax-equivalent net interest income during 2011 was primarily affected by low rates on deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank advances, and taxable loans.

22

Volume and Rate Analysis (Tax-Equivalent Basis)

(dollars in thousands)

	2011 vs 2010 Increase (Decrease) Due to Changes in:									2010 vs 2009 Increase (Decrease) Due to Changes in:
	Volume			Rate			Total			Volume			Rate			Total
Earning Assets:
Securities:
Taxable	$	295		$	(122	)	$	173		$	337		$	(647	)	$	(310	)
Tax-exempt		200			(56	)		144			51			113			164
Loans:
Taxable		159			(602	)		(443	)		949			(408	)		541
Tax-exempt		(63	)		(24	)		(87	)		(27	)		8			(19	)
Federal funds sold		(1	)		(1	)		(2	)		(6	)		(2	)		(8	)
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks		13			3			16			18			—			18
Total earning assets	$	603		$	(802	)	$	(199	)	$	1,322		$	(936	)	$	386
Interest-Bearing Liabilities:
NOW accounts	$	(14	)	$	(92	)	$	(106	)	$	67		$	(99	)	$	(32	)
Money market accounts		48			(119	)		(71	)		74			(210	)		(136	)
Savings accounts		20			(33	)		(13	)		15			(54	)		(39	)
Time deposits:
$100,000 and more		44			(136	)		(92	)		389			(1,620	)		(1,231	)
Less than $100,000		36			(298	)		(262	)		(74	)		455			381
Total interest-bearing deposits	$	134		$	(678	)	$	(544	)	$	471		$	(1,528	)	$	(1,057	)
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase	$	7		$	(30	)	$	(23	)	$	(7	)	$	2		$	(5	)
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		(646	)		487			(159	)		(244	)		46			(198	)
Trust preferred capital notes		—			1			1			—			(3	)		(3	)
Total interest-bearing liabilities	$	(505	)	$	(220	)	$	(725	)	$	220		$	(1,483	)	$	(1,263	)
Change in net interest income	$	1,108		$	(582	)	$	526		$	1,102		$	547		$	1,649

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses is based upon management’s estimate of the amount required to maintain an adequate allowance for loan losses as discussed within the Critical Accounting Policies section above. The provision for loan losses was $3,750,000 for 2011, $6,325,000 for 2010, and $4,350,000 for 2009. Changes in the amount of provision for loan losses during each period reflect the results of the Bank’s analysis used to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The Company is committed to maintaining an allowance that adequately reflects the risk inherent in the loan portfolio. This commitment is more fully discussed in the “Asset Quality” section.

Noninterest Income

Total noninterest income was $5,585,000, $5,499,000, and $4,626,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. This represents an increase of $86,000 or 1.6% for 2011 and $873,000 or 18.9% for 2010. Management reviews the activities which generate noninterest income on an ongoing basis. The following paragraphs provide information about activities which are included within the respective Consolidated Statements of Income headings.

In 2011, the Company sold $4,849,000 in available for sale securities for a net gain of $155,000. In 2010, the Company sold $2,853,000 in available for sale securities for a gain of $98,000. In 2009, the Company sold $1,959,000 in available for sale securities for a net loss of $419,000 and a gain of $7,000 was recognized in calls of securities. During 2011, the Company also recorded an impairment charge of $87,500 on a corporate security.

Income from fiduciary activities, generated by trust services offered through Eagle Investment Group, was $907,000, $917,000, and $818,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. This represents a decrease of $10,000 or 1.1% during 2011 and an increase of $99,000 or 12.1% during 2010.

Service charges on deposit accounts were $1,586,000, $1,784,000, and $2,053,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. This represents a decrease of $198,000 or 11.1% for 2011 and $269,000 or 13.1% for 2010. The primary component of service charges on deposit accounts is overdraft fee income. The decline in income is primarily the result of lower overdraft fee volume. However more recently, regulatory changes on the charges of these type fees have also negatively impacted this item.

23

Other service charges and fees were $3,190,000, $2,993,000, and $2,148,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. This represents an increase of $197,000 or 6.6% for 2011 and $845,000 or 39.3% for 2010. The amount of other services charges and fees is comprised primarily of commissions from the sale of non-deposit investment products, fees received from the Bank’s credit card program, and fees generated from the Bank’s ATM/debit card programs. Commissions from the sale of non-deposit investment products through Eagle Investment Group were $626,000, $509,000, and $549,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. This represents an increase of $117,000 or 23.0% during 2011 and a decrease of $40,000 or 7.3% during 2010. The increase is due mainly to increased sales and the lack of commission fees charged by Infinex for the last six months of 2011. The Company converted from Uvest to Infinex during 2011 and is not being charged monthly commission fees for a twelve month period. Fees received from the Bank’s credit card program were $495,000, $577,000 and $472,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. This represents a decrease of $82,000 or 14.2% during 2011 and an increase of $105,000 or 22.3% during 2010. Fees generated from the Bank’s ATM/debit card programs were $1,337,000, $1,166,000, and $719,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. This represents an increase of $171,000 or 14.7% in 2011 and $447,000 during 2010. Prior to 2010, ATM income was netted against expenses. This accounting change can be attributed to the increase in 2010. Pursuant to a mandate in the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve established rules in 2011 regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers. This could potentially lower the Bank’s debit card income significantly in the future.

Other operating income was $120,000, $128,000, and $52,000 for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. This represents a decrease of $8,000 or 6.3% during 2011 and an increase of $76,000 or 146.2% during 2010. The increase in 2010 is from an increase in officer insurance income.

Noninterest Expenses

Total noninterest expenses were $18,908,000, 16,809,000, and $16,480,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. This represents an increase of $2,099,000 or 12.5% during 2011 and $329,000 or 2.0% during 2010. The efficiency ratio of the Company was 63.42%, 58.23%, and 62.28% for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing total noninterest expenses by the sum of tax-equivalent net interest income and total noninterest income, excluding certain non-recurring gains and losses. A reconciliation of tax-equivalent net interest income, which is not a measurement under GAAP, to net interest income is presented within the Net Interest Income section above. The following paragraphs provide information about expenses which are included within the respective Consolidated Statements of Income headings.

Salaries and employee benefits were $10,609,000, $9,263,000, and $9,262,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. This represents an increase of $1,346,000 or 14.5% for 2011 and $1,000 or 0.0% for 2010. During the fourth quarter of 2011, a net loss of $589,000 was realized on the distribution of the Company’s defined benefit plan assets. Along with annual salary increases, additional staff was hired during the latter part of 2010 and early 2011 for the April 2011 opening of the Company’s newest branch in Loudoun County, VA which increased the Company’s salary and benefit expenses by approximately $230,000. Occupancy expenses were $1,155,000, $1,142,000, and $1,069,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. This represents an increase of $13,000 or 1.1% during 2011 and $73,000 or 6.8% during 2010.

Equipment expenses were $676,000, $625,000, and $665,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. This represents an increase of $51,000 or 8.2% during 2011 and a decrease of $40,000 or 6.0% during 2010.

Advertising and marketing expenses were $500,000, $435,000, and $409,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. This represents an increase of $65,000 or 14.9% during 2011 and $26,000 or 6.4% during 2010. This category contains numerous expense types such as advertising, public relations, business development, and charitable contributions. The annual budgeted amount of advertising and marketing expenses is directly related to the Company’s growth in assets. The total amount of advertising and marketing expenses varies based on planned events and advertising campaigns. Expenses are allocated in a manner which focuses on effectively reaching existing and potential customers within the market and contributing to the community.

ATM network fees were $546,000, $442,000 and $104,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. This represents an increase of $104,000 or 23.5% during 2011 and $338,000 or 325.0% during 2010. During 2011, ATM network fees were mainly impacted by increased debit card usage. Prior to 2010, ATM income was netted against expenses. This accounting change can be attributed to the increase in 2010.

Other real estate owned expenses were $159,000, $19,000 and $366,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. This represents an increase of $140,000 or 736.8% during 2011 and a decrease of $347,000 or 95% during 2010. The increase in 2011 is due mainly to valuation allowances established during the year as property values declined as well as increased activity in other real estate owned. The decrease in 2010 is due mainly to significant valuation allowances established during 2009.

FDIC assessments were $712,000, $852,000 and $801,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. FDIC assessments decreased $140,000 or 16.4% during 2011 and increased $51,000 or 6.4% during 2010. On December 30 2009, the Company prepaid their estimated quarterly FDIC assessments of $2,300,000 for 2010, 2011, and 2012.

Outside service fees were $742,000, $423,000 and $313,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. This represents an increase of $319,000 or 75.4% during 2011 and $110,000 or 35.1% during 2010. An additional $141,000 in expense was incurred during 2011 for the purchase of employee retirement annuities related to the distribution of the Company’s defined benefit plan. Other outside service fees were also affected by the increased review frequency of the Company’s loan portfolio by an outside firm and the expense of placement fees related to brokered certificates of deposits that were called during the first and fourth quarters of 2011. Together, those two matters increased other outside service fees by $221,000 in 2011.

24

Other operating expenses were $2,634,000, $2,626,000, and $2,558,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009. Other operating expenses increased $8,000 or 0.3% during 2011 and $68,000 or 2.7% during 2010. This category is primarily comprised of the cost for services required during normal operations of the Company. Expenses which are directly affected by the number of branch locations and volume of accounts at the Bank include postage, insurance, telephone, and credit card processing fees. Other expenses within this category are auditing fees, legal fees, and director fees.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense was $1,371,000, $1,019,000, and $1,015,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The change in income tax expense can be attributed to changes in taxable earnings at the federal statutory income tax rate of 34%. These amounts correspond to an effective tax rate of 24.08%, 22.04%, and 22.78% for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements provides a reconciliation between income tax expense computed using the federal statutory income tax rate and the Company’s actual income tax expense during 2011, 2010, and 2009.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

The Company’s total assets were $568,022,000 at December 31, 2011, up $9,182,000 or 1.6% from $558,840,000 at December 31, 2010. Securities increased $4,340,000 or 4.0% from 2010 to 2011. Loans, net of allowance for loan losses, increased by $343,000 or 0.1% from 2010 to 2011. Total liabilities were $509,932,000 at December 31, 2011, compared to $505,011,000 at December 31, 2010. Total shareholders’ equity at year end 2011 and 2010 was $58,090,000 and $53,829,000, respectively.

Securities

Total securities at December 31, 2011 were $114,134,000 as compared to $109,794,000 as of December 31, 2010, which represents an increase of $4,340,000 or 4.0% during 2011. The table titled “Securities Portfolio” shows the carrying value of securities at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009. The Company purchased $46,798,000 in securities during 2011. This amount includes $15,476,000 or 33.1% in obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies, $22,917,000 or 49.0% in mortgage-backed securities, and $8,405,000 or 17.9% in obligations of states and political subdivisions. The Company had $40,166,000 in maturities and principal repayments on securities during 2011. This amount includes $30,500,000 or 75.9% in obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies, $5,131,000 or 12.8% in mortgage-backed securities, $2,535,000 or 6.3% in obligations of states and political subdivisions, and $2,000,000 or 5.0% in corporate securities. The Company did not have any securities from a single issuer, other than U.S. government agencies, whose amount exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2011. Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements provides additional details about the Company’s securities portfolio as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Securities Portfolio

(dollars in thousands)

	December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Securities available for sale:
Obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies	$	18,533	$	33,150	$	27,045
Mortgage-backed securities		34,546		16,157		15,620
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		45,766		42,908		37,057
Corporate securities		13,043		15,401		14,944
Equity securities		2,246		2,178		2,145
	$	114,134	$	109,794	$	96,811

The ability to dispose of available for sale securities prior to maturity provides management more options to react to future rate changes and provides more liquidity, when needed, to meet short-term obligations. The Company had a net unrealized gain on available for sale securities of $4,944,000 and $2,343,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Unrealized gains or losses on available for sale securities are reported within shareholders’ equity, net of the related deferred tax effect, as accumulated other comprehensive income.

The table titled “Maturity Distribution and Yields of Securities” shows the maturity period and average yield for the different types of securities in the portfolio at December 31, 2011. Although mortgage-backed securities have definitive maturities, they provide monthly principal curtailments which can be reinvested at a prevailing rate and for a different term.

25

Maturity Distribution and Yields of Securities

(dollars in thousands)

	December 31, 2011
	Due in one year or less					Due after 1 through 5 years					Due after 5 through 10 years					Due after 10 years and Equity Securities					Total
	Amount		Yield			Amount		Yield			Amount		Yield			Amount		Yield			Amount		Yield
Securities available for sale:
Obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies	$	—		—		$	9,861		2.64	%	$	8,672		3.47	%	$	—		—		$	18,533		3.02	%
Mortgage-backed securities		—		—			1,418		5.07	%		6,587		2.33	%		26,541		3.28	%		34,546		3.17	%
Corporate securities		1,015		5.75	%		4,193		6.88	%		5,239		6.84	%		2,596		7.76	%		13,043		6.95	%
Obligations of states and political subdivisions, taxable		—		—			—		—			3,150		4.43	%		1,308		6.18	%		4,458		4.97	%
Equity securities		—		—			—		—			—		—			2,246		7.08	%		2,246		7.08	%
Total taxable	$	1,015				$	15,472				$	23,648				$	32,691				$	72,826
Obligations of states and political subdivisions, tax-exempt (1)		—		—			17,295		5.58	%		14,372		5.42	%		9 ,641		5.87	%		41,308		5.59	%
Total	$	1,015				$	32,767				$	38,020				$	42,332				$	114,134

⁽¹⁾ Yields on tax-exempt securities have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis using a federal tax rate of 34%.

Loan Portfolio

The Company’s primary use of funds is supporting lending activities from which it derives the greatest amount of interest income. Gross loans were $410,424,000 and $408,449,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. This represents an increase of $1,975,000 or 0.5% for 2011. The ratio of loans to deposits decreased during the year from 95.1% to 91.5% at December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively. The table titled “Loan Portfolio” shows the composition of the loan portfolio over the last five years.

Loan Portfolio

(dollars in thousands)

	December 31,
	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction and land development	$	31,579	$	31,560	$	34,531	$	36,990	$	33,268
Secured by farmland		3,390		4,332		5,636		5,305		7,468
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		212,638		207,671		205,579		189,874		182,343
Multifamily		4,517		4,908		3,112		2,973		2,685
Commercial		118,043		116,381		109,516		107,749		108,880
Loans to farmers		1,910		1,293		1,284		1,065		1,039
Commercial and industrial loans		22,866		24,449		24,268		23,629		27,027
Consumer installment loans		13,185		14,518		16,115		18,835		25,368
All other loans		2,296		3,337		4,025		3,666		1,583
Total loans	$	410,424	$	408,449	$	404,066	$	390,086	$	389,661

Loans secured by real estate were $370,167,000 or 90.2% and $364,852,000 or 89.3% of total loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. This represents an increase of $5,315,000 or 1.5% for 2011. Consumer installment loans were $13,185,000 or 3.2% and $14,518,000 or 3.6% of total loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. This represents a decrease of $1,333,000 or 9.2% for 2011. Commercial and industrial loans were $22,866,000 or 5.6% and $24,449,000 or 6.0% of total loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010. This represents a decrease of $1,583,000 or 6.5% for 2011.

The table titled “Maturity Schedule of Selected Loans” shows the different loan categories and the period during which they mature. For loans maturing in more than one year, the table also shows a breakdown between fixed rate loans and floating rate loans. The table indicates that $340,591,000 or 83.0% of the loan portfolio matures within five years. The floating rate loans maturing after five years are primarily comprised of home equity lines of credit.

26

Maturity Schedule of Selected Loans

(dollars in thousands)

	December 31, 2011
	Within 1 Year		After 1 Year Within 5 Years		After 5 Years		Total
Loans secured by real estate:
Construction and land development	$	24,882	$	6,558	$	139	$	31,579
Secured by farmland		2,061		1,329		—		3,390
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		38,237		124,440		49,961		212,638
Multifamily		1,747		2,770		—		4,517
Commercial		26,659		73,593		17,791		118,043
Loans to farmers		1,339		571		—		1,910
Commercial and industrial loans		14,023		7,608		1,235		22,866
Consumer installment loans		1,555		11,500		130		13,185
All other loans		56		1,663		577		2,296
	$	110,559	$	230,032	$	69,833	$	410,424
For maturities over one year:
Floating rate loans			$	20,249	$	12,273	$	32,522
Fixed rate loans				209,783		57,560		267,343
			$	230,032	$	69,833	$	299,865

Asset Quality

The Company has policies and procedures designed to control credit risk and to maintain the quality of its loan portfolio. These include underwriting standards for new originations and ongoing monitoring and reporting of asset quality and adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. There were $4,872,000 in total non-performing assets, which consist of nonaccrual loans, foreclosed property, and repossessed assets at December 31, 2011. This is a decrease of $5,310,000 when compared to the December 31, 2010 balance of $10,182,000.

Nonaccrual loans were $2,449,000 and $8,377,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The gross amount of interest income that would have been recognized on nonaccrual loans was $128,000 for 2011 and $341,000 for 2010. None of this interest income was included in net income for 2011 or 2010. Management evaluates the financial condition of these borrowers and the value of any collateral on these loans. The results of these evaluations are used to estimate the amount of losses which may be realized on the disposition of these nonaccrual loans. Nonaccrual loans that were evaluated for impairment at December 31, 2011 totaled $2,449,000 and had $197,000 in specific allocations.

Foreclosed property increased to $2,378,000 at December 31, 2011, compared to $1,783,000 at December 31, 2010. When the property is sold, the difference between the amount of other real estate owned and the settlement proceeds is recognized as a gain or loss on the sale of other real estate owned. A loss of $361,000 was recognized on the sale of other real estate owned during 2011.

Total loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest were $94,000 or 0.02%, $10,000 or less than 0.01%, and $13,000 or less than 0.01% of total loans at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest are secured and in the process of collection; therefore, they are not classified as nonaccrual.

Nonperforming and Other Assets

Nonperforming assets consist of nonaccrual loans, other real estate owned (foreclosed properties), and repossessed assets. The table titled “Nonperforming Assets” shows the amount of nonperforming assets and loans past due 90 days and accruing interest outstanding during the last five years. The table also shows the ratios for the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming assets and nonperforming assets as a percentage of loans outstanding and other real estate owned.

Loans are placed on non-accrual status when collection of principal and interest is doubtful, generally when a loan becomes 90 days past due. There are three negative implications for earnings when a loan is placed on non-accrual status. First, all interest accrued but unpaid at the date that the loan is placed on non-accrual status is either deducted from interest income or written off as a loss. Second, accruals of interest are discontinued until it becomes certain that both principal and interest can be repaid. Finally, there may be actual losses that require additional provisions for loan losses to be charged against earnings.

For real estate loans, upon foreclosure, the balance of the loan is transferred to “Other Real Estate Owned” (“OREO”) and carried at the lower of the outstanding loan balance or the fair market value of the property based on current appraisals and other current market trends, less selling costs. If a write down of the OREO property is necessary at the time of foreclosure, the amount is charged-off against the allowance for loan losses. A review of the recorded property value is performed in conjunction with normal loan reviews, and if market conditions indicate that the recorded value exceeds the fair market value, additional write downs of the property value are charged directly to operations.

27

In addition, the Company may, under certain circumstances, restructure loans in troubled debt restructurings as a concession to a borrower when the borrower is experiencing financial distress. Formal, standardized loan restructuring programs are not utilized by the Company. Each loan considered for restructuring is evaluated based on customer circumstances and may include modifications to one or more loan provision. Such restructured loans are included in impaired loans. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had $10,706,000 and $8,469,000 in restructured loans, respectively. There were no restructured loans at December 31, 2009.

Nonperforming Assets

(dollars in thousands)

	December 31,
	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
Nonaccrual loans	$	2,449		$	8,377		$	5,099		$	3,385		$	—
Other real estate owned and repossessed assets		2,423			1,805			2,776			734			215
Total nonperforming assets	$	4,872		$	10,182		$	7,875		$	4,119		$	215
Loans past due 90 days and accruing interest	$	94		$	10		$	13		$	509		$	813
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming assets		179	%		70	%		76	%		110	%		1484	%
Non-performing assets to period end loans and other real estate owned		1.18	%		2.48	%		1.94	%		1.05	%		0.06	%

Other potential problem loans are defined as performing loans that possess certain risks that management has identified that could result in the loans not being repaid in accordance with their terms. Accordingly, these loans are risk rated at a level of substandard or lower. At December 31, 2011, other potential problem loans totaled $27,876,000. $14,751,000 or 52.9% of the total other potential problem loans are currently considered impaired and are disclosed in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The purpose and the methods for measuring the allowance for loans are discussed in the Critical Accounting Policies section above. The table titled “Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses” shows the activity within the allowance during the last five years, including a breakdown of the loan types which were charged-off and recovered.

Charged-off loans were $2,966,000, $5,475,000, and $3,153,000 for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Recoveries were $848,000, $291,000, and $252,000 for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Net charge-offs were $2,118,000, $5,184,000, and $2,901,000 for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. This represents a decrease in net charge-offs of $3,066,000 or 59.1% for 2011 and an increase of $2,283,000 or 78.7% for 2010. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans was 2.13%, 1.74%, and 1.48% at the end of 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The allowance for loan losses at year-end covered net charge-offs during the year by 4.13 times for 2011, 1.37 times for 2010, and 2.06 times for 2009. The ratio of net charge-offs to average loans was 0.52% for 2011, 1.27% for 2010, and 0.74% for 2009.

The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $3,750,000, a decrease of $2,575,000 or 40.7% from December 31, 2010. The lower provision for loan losses compared to last year reflects improvements in asset quality and a lower level of charge-offs in 2011, tempered by higher reserves on remaining impaired loans.

The table titled “Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses” shows the amount of the allowance for loan losses which is allocated to the indicated loan categories, along with that category’s percentage of total loans, at December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008, and 2007. The amount of allowance for loan losses allocated to each loan category is based on the amount delinquent loans in that loan category, the status of nonperforming assets in that loan category, the historical losses for that loan category, and the financial condition of certain borrowers whose financial conditional is monitored on a periodic basis. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate based on the loan portfolio’s current risk characteristics.

28

Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses

(dollars in thousands)

	December 31,
	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
Balance, beginning of period	$	7,111		$	5,970		$	4,521		$	3,191		$	3,308
Loans Charged-Off:
Commercial, financial and agricultural		596			1,077			466			261			131
Real estate-construction and land development		710			2,917			1,090			256			141
Real estate-mortgage		1,204			1,239			1,141			306			96
Consumer		456			242			456			254			437
Total loans charged off	$	2,966		$	5,475		$	3,153		$	1,077		$	805
Recoveries:
Commercial, financial and agricultural	$	137		$	72		$	98		$	—		$	40
Real estate-construction and land development		5			—			—			14			—
Real estate-mortgage		299			102			—			2			2
Consumer		407			117			154			81			96
Total recoveries	$	848		$	291		$	252		$	97		$	138
Net charge-offs		2,118			5,184			2,901			980			667
Provision for loan losses		3,750			6,325			4,350			2,310			550
Balance, end of period	$	8,743		$	7,111		$	5,970		$	4,521		$	3,191
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to loans outstanding at period end		2.13	%		1.74	%		1.48	%		1.16	%		0.82	%
Ratio of net charge offs to average loans outstanding during the period		0.52	%		1.27	%		0.74	%		0.25	%		0.17	%

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

(dollars in thousands)

	Commercial, Financial, and Agricultural					Real  Estate Construction					Real  Estate Mortgage					Consumer and Other Loans
	Allowance for Loan Losses		Percent of Loans in Category to Total Loans			Allowance for Loan Losses		Percent of Loans in Category to Total Loans			Allowance for Loan Losses		Percent of Loans in Category to Total Loans			Allowance for Loan Losses		Percent of Loans in Category to Total Loans
December 31, 2011	$	1,077		5.6	%	$	2,618		8.5	%	$	4,601		81.7	%	$	254		4.2	%
December 31, 2010	$	819		6.0	%	$	1,386		8.8	%	$	4,688		80.5	%	$	218		4.7	%
December 31, 2009	$	1,417		7.3	%	$	1,735		8.5	%	$	2,464		80.1	%	$	354		4.1	%
December 31, 2008	$	567		7.3	%	$	1,580		9.5	%	$	2,130		78.4	%	$	244		4.8	%
December 31, 2007	$	795		7.6	%	$	343		8.5	%	$	1,830		77.4	%	$	223		6.5	%

Deposits

Total deposits were $448,465,000 and $429,296,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which represents an increase of $19,169,000 or 4.5% during 2011. The table titled “Average Deposits and Rates Paid” shows the average deposit balances and average rates paid for 2011, 2010 and 2009.

29

Average Deposits and Rates Paid

(dollars in thousands)

	December 31,
	2011					2010					2009
	Amount		Rate			Amount		Rate			Amount		Rate
Noninterest-bearing	$	104,041				$	93,583				$	84,876
Interest-bearing:
NOW accounts		65,410		0.26	%		69,154		0.40	%		60,338		0.51	%
Money market accounts		73,879		0.45	%		66,819		0.61	%		60,001		0.90	%
Regular savings accounts		47,852		0.12	%		40,570		0.17	%		36,160		0.30	%
Time deposits:
$100,000 and more		63,215		0.98	%		59,944		1.18	%		51,455		3.77	%
Less than $100,000		89,987		1.40	%		87,940		1.73	%		94,523		1.21	%
Total interest-bearing	$	340,343		0.72	%	$	324,427		0.92	%	$	302,477		1.34	%
Total deposits	$	444,384				$	418,010				$	387,353

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits, which are comprised of checking accounts, increased $8,981,000 or 9.1% from $98,256,000 at December 31, 2010 to $107,237,000 at December 31, 2011. Interest-bearing deposits, which include NOW accounts, money market accounts, regular savings accounts and time deposits, increased $10,188,000 or 3.1% from $331,040,000 at December 31, 2010 to $341,228,000 at December 31, 2011. Total NOW account balances increased $6,514,000 or 9.0% from $72,413,000 at December 31, 2010 to $78,927,000 at December 31, 2011. Total money market account balances increased $13,627,000 or 19.5% from $69,766,000 at December 31, 2010 to $83,393,000 at December 31, 2011. Total regular savings account balances increased $5,469,000 or 12.9% from $42,369,000 at December 31, 2010 to $47,838,000 at December 31, 2011. Time deposits decreased $15,422,000 or 10.5% from $146,492,000 at December 31, 2010 to $131,070,000 at December 31, 2011. This is comprised of a decrease in certificates of deposit of $100,000 and more of $1,906,000 or 3.9% from $49,497,000 at December 31, 2010 to $47,591,000 at December 31, 2011 and an increase in certificates of deposit of less than $100,000 of $1,752,000 or 2.7% from $65,097,000 at December 31, 2010 to $66,849,000 at December 31, 2011. Brokered certificates of deposits less than $100,000 decreased $10,065,000 or 49.9% from $20,172,000 at December 31, 2010 to $10,107,000 at December 31, 2011. This included $9,905,000 of traditional brokered certificates of deposit and $202,000 of certificates obtained through the CDARS network. Brokered certificates of deposits, greater than $100,000, decreased $5,203,000 or 44.4% from $11,726,000 at December 31, 2010 to $6,523,000 at December 31, 2011. These certificates were obtained through the CDARS network. The Bank joined the CDARS network in 2008, which allows it to offer over $50 million in FDIC insurance on a certificate of deposit.

The Company attempts to fund asset growth with deposit accounts and focus upon core deposit growth as its primary source of funding. Core deposits consist of checking accounts, NOW accounts, money market accounts, regular savings accounts, and time deposits of less than $100,000, excluding brokered certificates of deposit. Core deposits totaled $431,835,000 or 96.3% and $397,398,000 or 92.6% of total deposits at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The table titled “Maturities of Certificates of Deposit and Other Time Deposits of $100,000 and Greater” shows the amount of certificates of deposit of $100,000 and more maturing within the time period indicated at December 31, 2011. The Company’s policy is to issue these certificates for terms of twelve months or less, however, exceptions have been made as indicated by the $8,663,000 which matures over one year. The total amount maturing within one year is $45,451,000 or 84.0% of the total amount outstanding.

Maturities of Certificates of Deposit and Other Time Deposits of $100,000 and Greater

(dollars in thousands)

	Within Three Months		Three to Six Months		Six to Twelve Months		Over One Year		Total		Percent of Total Deposits
At December 31, 2011	$	21,206	$	13,124	$	11,121	$	8,663	$	54,114		12.07	%

30

CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Company continues to be a well capitalized financial institution. Total shareholders’ equity on December 31, 2011 was $58,090,000, reflecting a percentage of total assets of 10.23% as compared to $53,829,000 and 9.63% at December 31 2010. The common stock’s book value per share increased $1.17 or 7.1% to $17.67 per share at December 31, 2011 from $16.50 per share at December 31, 2010. During 2011, the Company paid $0.72 per share in dividends as compared to $0.69 per share for 2010 and $0.68 per share for 2009. The Company has a Dividend Investment Plan that reinvests the dividends of the shareholder in Company stock.

Analysis of Capital

(dollars in thousands)

	December 31, 2011			December 31, 2010
Tier 1 Capital:
Common stock	$	8,217		$	8,124
Capital surplus		9,568			9,076
Retained earnings		37,374			35,419
Trust preferred capital notes		7,000			7,000
Net unrealized loss on available for sale equity securities		—			—
Total Tier 1 capital	$	62,159		$	59,619
Tier 2 Capital:
Allowance for loan losses	$	4,996		$	5,072
Total Tier 2 capital	$	4,996		$	5,072
Total risk-based capital	$	67,155		$	64,691
Risk weighted assets	$	395,878		$	403,738
Risk Based Capital Ratios:
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio		15.70	%		14.77	%
Total risk-based capital ratio		16.96	%		16.02	%
Tier 1 leverage ratio		10.88	%		10.62	%

Federal regulatory risk-based capital guidelines require percentages to be applied to various assets, including off-balance sheet assets, based on their perceived risk in order to calculate risk-weighted assets. Tier 1 capital consists of total shareholders’ equity plus qualifying trust preferred securities outstanding less net unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities, goodwill and other intangible assets. Total capital is comprised of Tier 1 capital plus the allowable portion of the allowance for loan losses and any excess trust preferred securities that do not qualify as Tier 1 capital. The $7,000,000 in trust preferred securities, issued by the Company during 2007, qualifies as Tier 1 capital because this amount does not exceed 25% of total capital, including the trust preferred securities. Financial institutions must maintain a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4%, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8% and a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. The Company’s policy requires a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10% and a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5%. The Company monitors these ratios on a quarterly basis and has several strategies, including without limitation the issuance of common stock or trust preferred securities, to ensure that these ratios remain above regulatory minimums. The table titled “Analysis of Capital” shows the components of Tier 1 capital, Tier 2 capital, the amount of total risk-based capital and risk-weighted assets, and the risk based capital ratios for the Company at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements provides additional discussion and analysis of regulatory capital requirements.

LIQUIDITY

Liquidity management involves meeting the present and future financial obligations of the Company with the sale or maturity of assets or with the occurrence of additional liabilities. Liquidity needs are met with cash on hand, deposits in banks, federal funds sold, securities classified as available for sale and loans maturing within one year. At December 31, 2011 liquid assets totaled $246,634,000 as compared to $227,394,000 at December 31, 2010. These amounts represent 48.4% and 45.0% of total liabilities at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Securities provide a constant source of liquidity through paydowns and maturities. Also, the Company maintains short-term borrowing arrangements, namely federal funds lines of credit, with larger financial institutions as an additional source of liquidity. The Bank’s membership with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta also provides a source of borrowings with numerous rate and term structures. The Company’s senior management monitors the liquidity position regularly and attempts to maintain a position which utilizes available funds most efficiently. As a result of the Company’s management of liquid assets and the ability to generate liquidity through liability funding, management believes that the Company maintains overall liquidity sufficient to satisfy its depositors’ requirements and meet its customers’ credit needs.

31

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS AND CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements provides information about the off-balance sheet arrangements which arise through the lending activities of the Company. These arrangements increase the degree of both credit and interest rate risk beyond that which is recognized through the financial assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

The table titled “Contractual Obligations and Scheduled Payments” presents the Company’s contractual obligations and scheduled payment amounts due within the period indicated at December 31, 2011.

Contractual Obligations and Scheduled Payments

(dollars in thousands)

	December 31, 2011
	Less than One Year		One Year through Three Years		Three Years through Five Years		More than Five Years		Total
FHLB advances	$	20,000	$	2,250	$	20,000	$	—	$	42,250
Trust preferred capital notes		—		—		—		7,217		7,217
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		—		10,000		—		—		10,000
Operating leases		104		132		100		804		1,140
	$	20,104	$	12,382	$	20,100	$	8,021	$	60,607

The $42,250,000 in outstanding FHLB advances is comprised of five advances. Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements discusses the rates, terms, and conversion features on these advances. The trust preferred capital notes are discussed in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The payments due on operating leases are discussed in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

32

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

As the holding company of the Bank, the Company’s primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Interest rate fluctuations will impact the amount of interest income and expense the Bank receives or pays on almost all of its assets and liabilities and the market value of its interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, excluding those which have a very short term until maturity. Interest rate risk exposure of the Company is, therefore, experienced at the Bank level. Asset / liability management attempts to maximize the net interest income of the Company by adjusting the volume and price of rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The Company does not subject itself to foreign currency exchange or commodity price risk due to prohibition through policy and the current nature of operations. Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements discusses derivative instruments and hedging activities of the Company. The Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement related to the outstanding trust preferred capital notes during 2008.

The Bank’s interest rate management strategy is designed to maximize net interest income and preserve the capital of the Company. The Bank’s financial instruments are periodically subjected to various simulations whose results are discussed in the following paragraphs. These models are based on actual data from the Bank’s financial statements and assumptions about the performance of certain financial instruments. Prepayment assumptions are applied to all mortgage related assets, which includes real estate loans and mortgage-backed securities. Prepayment assumptions are based on a median rate at which principal payments are received on these assets over their contractual term. The rate of principal payback is assumed to increase when rates fall and decrease when rates rise. Term assumptions are applied to non-maturity deposits, which includes demand deposits, NOW accounts, savings accounts, and money market accounts. Demand deposits and NOW accounts are generally assumed to have a term greater than one year since the total amount outstanding does not fluctuate with changes in interest rates. Savings accounts and money market accounts are assumed to be more interest rate sensitive, therefore, a majority of the amount outstanding is assumed to have a term of less than one year.

The simulation analysis evaluates the potential effect of upward and downward changes in market interest rates on future net interest income. The analysis involves change in the interest rates used in determining net interest income over the next twelve months. The model utilizes the static approach for the down 100 basis point and up 200 basis point rate shifts which assume changes in interest rates without any management response to change the composition of the balance sheet. The model considered a 24 month period when simulating a 400 basis point rate increase. The simulation analysis results are presented in the table below:

Year 1 Net Interest Income Simulation

(dollars in thousands)

	Change in Net Interest Income
Assumed Market Interest Rate Shift	Dollars			Percent Change
-100 BP	$	(194	)		-0.85	%
+200 BP	$	(48	)		-0.21	%
+400 BP	$	(48	)		-0.21	%

The Bank uses simulation analysis to assess earnings at risk and economic value of equity (EVE) analysis to assess economic value at risk. This analysis method allows management to regularly monitor the direction and magnitude of the Bank’s interest rate risk exposure. The modeling techniques cannot be measured with complete precision. Maturity and repricing characteristics of assets and liabilities, prepayments on amortizing assets, non-maturity deposit sensitivity and loan and deposit pricing are key assumptions used in acquiring this analysis. There is a realm of uncertainty in using these assumptions but the analysis does provide the Bank with the ability to estimate interest rate risk position over time.

The table below examines the Economic Value of Equity (EVE). The EVE of the balance sheet is defined as the discounted present value of expected asset cash flows minus the discounted present value of the expected liability cash flows. The analysis involves changing the interest rates used in determining the expected cash flows and in discounting the cash flows. The model indicates an exposure to falling and rising interest rates. These results are driven primarily by the relative increase in value of the Bank’s core deposit base as rates rise.

Static EVE Change

(dollars in thousands)

	Change in EVE
Assumed Market Interest Rate Shift	Dollars			Percent Change
-100 BP Shock	$	(4,114	)		-5.22	%
+100 BP Shock	$	(143	)		-0.18	%
+200 BP Shock	$	(1,483	)		-1.88	%
+300 BP Shock	$	(3,936	)		-4.99	%

33

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Eagle Financial Services, Inc.

Berryville, Virginia

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Eagle Financial Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. The management of Eagle Financial Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Eagle Financial Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United State of America.

/s/ SMITH ELLIOTT KEARNS & COMPANY, LLC

SMITH ELLIOTT KEARNS & COMPANY, LLC

Chambersburg, Pennsylvania

March 23, 2012

34

EAGLE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2011 and 2010

(dollars in thousands, except share amounts)

	2011		2010
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	7,610	$	6,884
Interest-bearing deposits with other institutions		14,331		7,086
Total cash and cash equivalents		21,941		13,970
Securities available for sale, at fair value		114,134		109,794
Restricted investments		3,520		3,982
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $8,743 in 2011 and $7,111 in 2010		401,681		401,338
Bank premises and equipment, net		15,200		15,712
Other real estate owned		2,378		1,783
Other assets		9,168		12,261
Total assets	$	568,022	$	558,840
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Liabilities
Deposits:
Noninterest bearing demand deposits	$	107,237	$	98,256
Savings and interest bearing demand deposits		210,158		184,548
Time deposits		131,070		146,492
Total deposits	$	448,465	$	429,296
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase		10,000		14,395
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		42,250		52,250
Trust preferred capital notes		7,217		7,217
Other liabilities		2,000		1,853
Total liabilities	$	509,932	$	505,011
Shareholders’ Equity
Preferred stock, $10 par value; 500,000 shares authorized and unissued	$	—	$	—
Common stock, $2.50 par value; authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued 2011, 3,286,992; issued 2010, 3,249,477		8,217		8,124
Surplus		9,568		9,076
Retained earnings		37,374		35,419
Accumulated other comprehensive income		2,931		1,210
Total shareholders’ equity	$	58,090	$	53,829
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	568,022	$	558,840

35

EAGLE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Income

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

	2011			2010			2009
Interest and Dividend Income
Interest and fees on loans	$	23,029		$	23,529		$	23,001
Interest on federal funds sold		—			2			10
Interest and dividends on securities available for sale:
Taxable interest income		2,695			2,489			2,784
Interest income exempt from federal income taxes		1,397			1,302			1,194
Dividends		413			446			461
Interest on deposits in banks		37			21			3
Total interest and dividend income	$	27,571		$	27,789		$	27,453
Interest Expense
Interest on deposits	$	2,439		$	2,983		$	4,040
Interest on federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase		364			387			392
Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank advances		1,685			1,844			2,042
Interest on trust preferred capital notes		137			138			184
Interest on interest rate swap		180			178			135
Total interest expense	$	4,805		$	5,530		$	6,793
Net interest income	$	22,766		$	22,259		$	20,660
Provision For Loan Losses		3,750			6,325			4,350
Net interest income after provision for loan losses	$	19,016		$	15,934		$	16,310
Noninterest Income
Income from fiduciary activities	$	907		$	917		$	818
Service charges on deposit accounts		1,586			1,784			2,053
Other service charges and fees		3,190			2,993			2,148
Gain (loss) on the sale of bank premises and equipment		76			(83	)		—
Loss on the sale of other real estate owned		(361	)		(338	)		(26	)
Gain (loss) on securities		67			98			(419	)
Other operating income		120			128			52
Total noninterest income	$	5,585		$	5,499		$	4,626
Noninterest Expenses
Salaries and employee benefits	$	10,609		$	9,263		$	9,262
Occupancy expenses		1,155			1,142			1,069
Equipment expenses		676			625			665
Advertising and marketing expenses		500			435			409
Stationery and supplies		292			246			311
ATM network fees		546			442			104
Other real estate owned expenses		159			19			366
FDIC assessment		712			852			801
Computer software expense		507			419			317
Outside service fees		742			423			313
Bank franchise tax		376			317			305
Other operating expenses		2,634			2,626			2,558
Total noninterest expenses	$	18,908		$	16,809		$	16,480
Income before income taxes	$	5,693		$	4,624		$	4,456
Income Tax Expense		1,371			1,019			1,015
Net Income	$	4,322		$	3,605		$	3,441
Earnings Per Share
Net income per common share, basic	$	1.31		$	1.11		$	1.09
Net income per common share, diluted	$	1.31		$	1.11		$	1.08

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

36

EAGLE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

	Common Stock			Surplus			Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Comprehensive Income			Total
Balance, December 31, 2008	$	7,888		$	7,796		$	32,779		$	(1,634	)				$	46,829
Comprehensive income:
Net income								3,441					$	3,441			3,441
Other comprehensive income:
Changes in benefit obligations and plan assets for defined benefit and post retirement benefit plans, net of deferred income taxes of $253											491			491			491
Change in market value of interest rate swap, net of deferred income taxes of $160											312			312			312
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of deferred income taxes of $991											1,923			1,923			1,923
Total comprehensive income													$	6,167
Issuance of restricted stock, stock incentive plan (3,509 shares)		9			(9	)											—
Income tax expense on vesting of restricted stock					(6	)											(6	)
Stock-based compensation expense					166												166
Issuance of common stock, dividend investment plan (36,559 shares)		91			492												583
Issuance of common stock, employee benefit plan (4,530 shares)		11			65												76
Dividends declared ($0.68 per share)								(2,172	)								(2,172	)
Balance, December 31, 2009	$	7,999		$	8,504		$	34,048		$	1,092					$	51,643
Comprehensive income:
Net income								3,605					$	3,605			3,605
Other comprehensive income:
Changes in benefit obligations and plan assets for defined benefit and post retirement benefit plans, net of deferred income taxes of $141											275			275			275
Change in market value of interest rate swap, net of deferred income taxes of ($140)											(273	)		(273	)		(273	)
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of deferred income taxes of $60											116			116			116
Total comprehensive income													$	3,723
Issuance of restricted stock, stock incentive plan (11,936 shares)		30			(30	)											—
Income tax expense on vesting of restricted stock					(9	)											(9	)
Stock-based compensation expense					116												116
Issuance of common stock, dividend investment plan (37,905 shares)		95			495												590
Dividends declared ($0.69 per share)								(2,234	)								(2,234	)
Balance, December 31, 2010	$	8,124		$	9,076		$	35,419		$	1,210					$	53,829
Comprehensive income:
Net income								4,322						4,322			4,332
Other comprehensive income:
Changes in benefit obligations and plan assets for defined benefit and post retirement benefit plans, net of deferred income taxes of $146											275			275			275
Change in market value of interest rate swap, net of deferred income taxes of ($140)											(271	)		(271	)		(271	)
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of deferred income taxes of $885											1,717			1,717			1,717
Total comprehensive income													$	6,043
Issuance of restricted stock, stock incentive plan (9,291 shares)		23			(23	)											—
Issuance tax benefit on vesting of restricted stock					(3	)											(3	)
Stock-based compensation expense					166												166
Issuance of common stock, dividend investment plan (38,703 shares)		96			508												604
Issuance of common stock, employee benefit plan (5,184 shares)		13			76												89
Retirement of common stock (15,663 shares)		(39	)		(232	)											(271	)
Dividends declared ($0.72 per share)								(2,367	)								(2,367	)
Balance, December 31, 2011	$	8,217		$	9,568		$	37,374		$	2,931					$	58,090

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

37

EAGLE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

	2011			2010			2009
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net income	$	4,322		$	3,605		$	3,441
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation		843			779			778
Amortization of intangible and other assets		91			136			165
(Gain) loss on securities		(67	)		(98	)		419
Provision for loan losses		3,750			6,325			4,350
(Gain) loss on the sale of bank premises and equipment		(76	)		83			—
Loss on the sale of other real estate owned		361			338			26
Stock-based compensation expense		166			116			165
Premium amortization (discount accretion) on securities, net		111			26			(26	)
Deferred tax benefit		(317	)		(362	)		(652	)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Decrease (increase) in other assets		2,568			(1,676	)		(2,118	)
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities		(13	)		127			128
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	11,739		$	9,399		$	6,676
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Proceeds from maturities and principal payments of securities available for sale and restricted investments		40,166			34,592			27,530
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale		4,849			2,853			1,959
Purchases of securities available for sale		(46,798	)		(50,180	)		(29,302	)
Proceeds from the sale of restricted investments		461			417			174
Purchases of restricted investments		—			—			(124	)
Proceeds from the sale of equipment		661			43			93
Purchases of bank premises and equipment		(964	)		(1,843	)		(310	)
Proceeds from the sale of other real estate owned		3,167			2,035			1,281
Net (increase) in loans		(8,139	)		(10,802	)		(20,426	)
Net cash (used in) investing activities	$	(6,597	)	$	(22,885	)	$	(19,125	)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Net increase in demand deposit, money market and savings accounts	$	34,592		$	21,743		$	25,098
Net (decrease) increase in certificates of deposit		(15,422	)		9,445			(13,517	)
Net (decrease) increase in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase		(4,395	)		380			(677	)
Net (decrease) in Federal Home Loan Bank advances		(10,000	)		(10,000	)		(7,750	)
Issuance of common stock, employee benefit plan		89			—			76
Retirement of common stock		(271	)		—			—
Cash dividends paid		(1,764	)		(1,645	)		(1,587	)
Net cash provided by financing activities	$	2,829		$	19,923		$	1,643

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

38

EAGLE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

	2011			2010			2009
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	$	7,971		$	6,437		$	(10,806	)
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Beginning		13,970			7,533			18,339
Ending	$	21,941		$	13,970		$	7,533
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information
Cash payments for:
Interest	$	4,885		$	5,618		$	6,896
Income taxes	$	1,100		$	3,550		$	1,295
Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities:
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale	$	2,602		$	176		$	2,914
Change in fair value of interest rate swap	$	(411	)	$	(413	)	$	472
Other real estate acquired in settlement of loans	$	4,045		$	1,235		$	3,546
Issuance of common stock, dividend investment plan	$	604		$	590		$	583

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

39

NOTE 1. Nature of Banking Activities and Significant Accounting Policies

Eagle Financial Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company” or “Corporation”) grant commercial, financial, agricultural, residential and consumer loans to customers in Virginia and the Eastern Panhandle of West Virginia. The loan portfolio is well diversified and generally is collateralized by assets of the customers. The loans are expected to be repaid from cash flows or proceeds from the sale of selected assets of the borrowers.

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and to accepted practices within the banking industry.

Principles of Consolidation

The Company owns 100% of Bank of Clarke County (the “Bank”) and Eagle Financial Statutory Trust II. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions between the Company and the Bank have been eliminated. Eagle Financial Statutory Trust II is accounted for under the provisions of GAAP. The subordinated debt of Eagle Financial Statutory Trust II is reflected as a liability of the Company.

Trust Assets

Securities and other property held by the Eagle Investment Group in a fiduciary or agency capacity are not assets of the Company and are not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, federal funds sold, and interest bearing deposits. Generally, federal funds are purchased and sold for one-day periods.

Securities

Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and recorded at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held to maturity, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, are classified as “available for sale” and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income.

Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Declines in the fair value of held to maturity and available for sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be “other than temporary” are reflected in earnings as realized losses. In estimating “other than temporary” impairment losses, management considers (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery of fair value. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.

The Bank is required to maintain an investment in the capital stock of certain correspondent banks. No readily available market exists for this stock and it has no quoted market value. The investment in these securities is recorded at cost and they are reported on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as restricted investments.

Loans

The Company grants mortgage, commercial and consumer loans to customers. A substantial portion of the loan portfolio is represented by mortgage loans throughout the Counties of Clarke and Frederick, Virginia and the City of Winchester, Virginia. The ability of the Company’s debtors to honor their contracts is dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions in this area.

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for the allowance for loan losses. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination and commitment fees and direct loan costs are being recognized as collected and incurred. The use of this method of recognition does not produce results that are materially different from results which would have been produced if such costs and fees were deferred and amortized as an adjustment of the loan yield over the life of the related loan.

The accrual of interest on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the credit is well-secured and in process of collection. Credit card loans and other personal loans are typically charged off no later than 180 days past due. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal and interest is considered doubtful.

All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual or charged off is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

40

Risks by Loan Portfolio Segments

One-to-Four-Family Residential Real Estate Lending

Residential mortgage loans generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from employment and other income and are secured by real estate whose value tends to be readily ascertainable. As part of the application process, information is gathered concerning income, employment and credit history of the applicant. The valuation of residential collateral is provided by independent fee appraisers who have been approved by the Bank’s Directors Loan Committee.

Commercial Real Estate Lending

Commercial real estate lending entails significant additional risk as compared with residential mortgage lending. Commercial real estate loans typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Additionally, the repayment of loans secured by income producing properties is typically dependent on the successful operation of a business or a real estate project and thus may be subject, to a greater extent, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy, in general.

Construction and Land Development Lending

There are two characteristics of construction lending which impact its overall risk as compared to residential mortgage lending. First, there is more concentration risk due to the extension of a large loan balance through several lines of credit to a single developer or contractor. Second, there is more collateral risk due to the fact that loan funds are provided to the borrower based upon the estimated value of the collateral after completion. This could cause an inaccurate estimate of the amount needed to complete construction or an excessive loan-to-value ratio. To mitigate the risks associated with construction lending, the Bank generally limits loan amounts to 80% of the estimated appraised value of the finished home.

Commercial and Industrial Lending

Commercial business loans generally have more risk than residential mortgage loans, but have higher yields. To manage these risks, the Bank generally obtains appropriate collateral and personal guarantees from the borrower’s principal owners and monitors the financial condition of the borrower. Commercial business loans typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from cash flow from its business and are secured by business assets, such as commercial real estate, accounts receivable, equipment and inventory. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans is substantially dependent on the success of the business itself. Furthermore, the collateral for commercial business loans may depreciate over time and generally cannot be appraised with as much precision as residential real estate.

Consumer Lending

Consumer loans generally entail greater risk than residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans which are unsecured or secured by rapidly depreciable assets such as automobiles. In such cases, any repossessed collateral on a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance as a result of the greater likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

The allowance consists of specific, general and unallocated components. The specific component relates to loans that are classified using an internal loan grading system. For loans that are also classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers non-classified loans and is based on historical loss experience and other qualitative factors. An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair market value less estimated liquidation costs of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Company does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are the subject of a restructuring agreement.

41

Bank Premises and Equipment

Land is carried at cost. Buildings and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives range from 10 to 39 years for buildings and 3 to 10 years for furniture and equipment.

Other Real Estate Owned

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at the lesser of the fair value of the property, less selling costs or the loan balance outstanding at the date of foreclosure. Any write-downs based on the asset’s fair value at the date of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan losses. After foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and property held for sale is carried at the lower of the new cost basis or fair value less cost to sell. Impairment losses on property to be held and used are measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a property exceeds its fair value. Costs of significant property improvements are capitalized, whereas costs relating to holding property are expensed. The portion of interest costs relating to development of real estate is capitalized. Valuations are periodically performed by management, and any subsequent write-downs are recorded as a charge to operations, if necessary, to reduce the carrying value of a property to the lower of its cost or fair value less cost to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in net expenses from foreclosed assets.

Core Deposit Intangible Assets

Acquired intangible assets, such as the value of purchased core deposits, are amortized over the periods benefited, not exceeding fifteen years. The book value of the Company’s core deposit intangible asset, resulting from a branch acquisition, was fully amortized at December 31, 2010.

Retirement Plans

The Company had a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan that covers eligible employees. Effective December 31, 2006, the pension plan was amended so that no further benefits would accrue under the plan and no additional employees could become participants. The plan was terminated during 2011 after receiving final approval. Refer to Note 10 for a description of the termination of the Company’s pension plan. The Company also sponsors a 401(k) savings plan under which eligible employees may defer a portion of their compensation on a pretax basis. The Company also provides a match to participants in this plan, as described more fully in Note 12.

Stock-Based Compensation Plan

During 2003, the Company’s shareholders approved a stock incentive plan which allows key employees and directors to increase their personal financial interest in the Company. This plan permits the issuance of incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options and the award of stock appreciation rights, common stock, restricted stock, and phantom stock. The plan, as adopted, authorized the issuance of up to 300,000 shares of common stock. This plan is discussed more fully in Note 11.

Income Taxes

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax bases of the various assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws.

When tax returns are filed, it is likely that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, the Company believes it is “more likely than not” that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the “more likely than not” recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than fifty percent (50%) likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the applicable taxing authority upon examination. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits are classified as additional income taxes in the statement of income. The Company has no uncertain tax positions.

Advertising

The Company follows the policy of charging the costs of advertising to expense as incurred.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2010 financial statements to conform to reporting for 2011.

42

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per share represents income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance. The number of potential common shares is determined using the treasury method and relates to outstanding stock options and nonvested restricted stock grants.

The following table shows the weighted average number of shares used in computing earnings per share and the effect on the weighted average number of shares of dilutive potential common stock. Potential dilutive common stock had no effect on income available to common shareholders.

	2011		2010		2009
Average number of common shares outstanding		3,292,290		3,243,292		3,177,244
Effect of dilutive common stock		7,708		7,576		7,290
Average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate diluted earnings per share		3,299,998		3,250,868		3,184,534

Comprehensive Income

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Certain changes in assets and liabilities, net of income taxes, are reported within the balance sheet as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. These changes, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income and are reported in the statement of shareholders’ equity. In addition to net income, the Company’s other comprehensive income includes changes in the benefit obligations and plan assets for defined benefit and postretirement benefit plans, unrealized gains or losses on interest rate swaps, and unrealized gains or losses on available for sale securities.

The components of the change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities during 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Gross unrealized gain	$	2,669		$	274		$	2,495
Reclassification adjustment for realized (gain) loss		(67	)		(98	)		419
Net unrealized gain (loss) before taxes		2,602			176			2,914
Tax effect		(885	)		(60	)		(991	)
	$	1,717		$	116		$	1,923

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of deferred taxes, during 2011, 2010, and 2009 were as follows:

	Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Securities		Change  in Market Value of Interest Rate Swap			Defined Benefit Pension Plan			Post Retirement Benefit Plan			Total
Balance, December 31, 2009	$	1,429	$	162		$	(559	)	$	60		$	1,902
2010 Change		116		(273	)		272			3			118
Balance, December 31, 2010		1,545		(111	)		(287	)		63			1,210
2011 Change		1,717		(271	)		287			(12	)		1,721
Balance, December 31, 2011	$	3,262	$	(382	)	$	—		$	51		$	2,931

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company follows GAAP to account for derivative and hedging activities. Accordingly, a derivative is recognized in the balance sheet at its fair value. The fair value of a derivative is determined by quoted market prices and mathematical models using current and historical data. If certain hedging criteria are met, including testing for hedge effectiveness, special hedge accounting may be applied. The Company assesses each hedge, both at inception and on an ongoing basis, to determine whether the derivative used in a hedging transaction is effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item and whether the derivative is expected to remain effective during subsequent periods. The Company discontinues hedge accounting when (a) it determines that a derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of a hedged item; (b) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; (c) probability exists that the forecasted transaction will no longer occur or (d) management determines that designating the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate. When hedge accounting is discontinued and a derivative remains outstanding, the Company recognizes the derivative in the balance sheet at its fair value and changes in the fair value are recognized in net income.

At inception, the Company designates a derivative as (a) a fair value hedge of recognized assets or liabilities or of unrecognized firm commitments (fair-value hedge) or (b) a hedge of forecasted transactions or variable cash flows to be received or paid in conjunction with recognized assets or liabilities (cash-flow hedge). For a derivative treated as a fair-value hedge, a change in fair value is recorded as an adjustment to the hedged item and recognized in net income. For a derivative treated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of a change in fair value is recorded as an adjustment to the hedged item and recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders’ equity. For a derivative treated as a cash flow hedge, the ineffective portion of a change in fair value is recorded as an adjustment to the hedged item and recognized in net income. For more information on derivative financial instruments see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

43

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of deferred tax assets.

Stock Repurchase Program

On September 19, 2011, the Corporation announced a Stock Repurchase Program to repurchase up to 150,000 shares of its common stock prior to June 30, 2012. During 2011, the Company purchased 15,663 shares of its Common Stock under its stock repurchase program at an average price of $17.28. The maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the plan as of December 31, 2011 are 134,337.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements.” ASU 2010-06 amends Subtopic 820-10 to clarify existing disclosures, require new disclosures, and includes conforming amendments to guidance on employers’ disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets. ASU 2010-06 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, “Receivables (Topic 310) – Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses.” The new disclosure guidance significantly expands the existing requirements and will lead to greater transparency into a company’s exposure to credit losses from lending arrangements. The extensive new disclosures of information as of the end of a reporting period became effective for both interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. Specific disclosures regarding activity that occurred before the issuance of the ASU, such as the allowance roll forward and modification disclosures, will be required for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The Company has included the required disclosures in its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, “Intangible – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) – When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts.” The amendments in this ASU modify Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010. Early adoption is not permitted. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, “Business Combinations (Topic 805) – Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations.” The guidance requires pro forma disclosure for business combinations that occurred in the current reporting period as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the year had been as of the beginning of the annual reporting period. If comparative financial statements are presented, the pro forma information should be reported as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the current year had been as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period. ASU 2010-29 is effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) issued Final Rule No. 33-9002, “Interactive Data to Improve Financial Reporting.” The rule requires companies to submit financial statements in extensible business reporting language (XBRL) format with their SEC filings on a phased-in schedule. Large accelerated filers and foreign large accelerated filers using U.S. GAAP were required to provide interactive data reports starting with their first quarterly report for fiscal periods ending on or after June 15, 2010. All remaining filers are required to provide interactive data reports starting with their first quarterly report for fiscal periods ending on or after June 15, 2011. The Company complied with this Rule beginning with the filing of the June 30, 2011 Form 10-Q.

In March 2011, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) 114. This SAB revises or rescinds portions of the interpretive guidance included in the codification of the Staff Accounting Bulletin Series. This update is intended to make the relevant interpretive guidance consistent with current authoritative accounting guidance issued as a part of the FASB’s Codification. The principal changes involve revision or removal of accounting guidance references and other conforming changes to ensure consistency of referencing through the SAB Series. The effective date for SAB 114 was March 28, 2011. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-01, “Receivables (Topic 310) – Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings.” The amendments in this ASU temporarily delayed the effective date of the disclosures about troubled debt restructurings in Update 2010-20 for public entities. The delay was intended to allow the Board time to complete its deliberations on what constitutes a troubled debt restructuring. The effective date of the new disclosures about troubled debt restructurings for public entities and the guidance for determining what constitutes a troubled debt restructuring was effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2011. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

44

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-02, “Receivables (Topic 310) – A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.” The amendments in this ASU clarify the guidance on a creditor’s evaluation of whether it has granted a concession to a debtor. They also clarify the guidance on a creditor’s evaluation of whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulty. The amendments in this ASU are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. Retrospective application to the beginning of the annual period of adoption for modifications occurring on or after the beginning of the annual adoption period is required. As a result of applying these amendments, an entity may identify receivables that are newly considered to be impaired. For purposes of measuring impairment of those receivables, an entity should apply the amendments prospectively for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011. The Company has adopted ASU 2011-02 and included the required disclosures in its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-03, “Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860) – Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements.” The amendments in this ASU remove from the assessment of effective control (1) the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee and (2) the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion. The amendments in this ASU are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The guidance should be applied prospectively to transactions or modifications of existing transactions that occur on or after the effective date. Early adoption is not permitted. The adoption of the new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) – Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” This ASU is the result of joint efforts by the FASB and IASB to develop a single, converged fair value framework on how (not when) to measure fair value and what disclosures to provide about fair value measurements. The ASU is largely consistent with existing fair value measurement principles in U.S. GAAP (Topic 820), with many of the amendments made to eliminate unnecessary wording differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. The amendments are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 with prospective application. Early application is not permitted. The adoption of the new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) – Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” The objective of this ASU is to improve the comparability, consistency and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income by eliminating the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. The amendments require that all non-owner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The single statement of comprehensive income should include the components of net income, a total for net income, the components of other comprehensive income, a total for other comprehensive income, and a total for comprehensive income. In the two-statement approach, the first statement should present total net income and its components followed consecutively by a second statement that should present all the components of other comprehensive income, a total for other comprehensive income, and a total for comprehensive income. The amendments do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income, the option for an entity to present components of other comprehensive income either net of related tax effects or before related tax effects, or the calculation or reporting of earnings per share. The amendments in this ASU should be applied retrospectively. The amendments are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted because compliance with the amendments is already permitted. The amendments do not require transition disclosures. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2011-05 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2011, the SEC issued Final Rule No. 33-9250, “Technical Amendments to Commission Rules and Forms related to the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification.” The SEC has adopted technical amendments to various rules and forms under the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Investment Company Act of 1940. These revisions were necessary to conform those rules and forms to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The technical amendments include revision of certain rules in Regulation S-X, certain items in Regulation S-K, and various rules and forms prescribed under the Securities Act, Exchange Act and Investment Company Act. The Release was effective as of August 12, 2011. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Intangible – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) – Testing Goodwill for Impairment.” The amendments in this ASU permit an entity to first assess qualitative factors related to goodwill to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill test described in Topic 350. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. Under the amendments in this ASU, an entity is not required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted, including for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed as of a date before September 15, 2011, if an entity’s financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued. The adoption of the new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210) – Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” This ASU requires entities to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the balance sheet, and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. An entity is required to apply the amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. An entity should provide the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2011-11 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) – Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05.” The amendments are being made to allow the Board time to redeliberate whether to present on the face of the financial statements the effects of

45

reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income for all periods presented. While the Board is considering the operational concerns about the presentation requirements for reclassification adjustments and the needs of financial statement users for additional information about reclassification adjustments, entities should continue to report reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income consistent with the presentation requirements in effect before Update 2011-05. All other requirements in Update 2011-05 are not affected by this Update, including the requirement to report comprehensive income either in a single continuous financial statement or in two separate but consecutive financial statements. Public entities should apply these requirements for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Nonpublic entities should begin applying these requirements for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2012, and interim and annual periods thereafter. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2011-12 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2. Securities

Amortized costs and fair values of securities available for sale at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized (Losses)			Fair Value
	December 31, 2011
	(in thousands)
Obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies	$	17,655	$	878	$	—		$	18,533
Mortgage-backed securities		33,420		1,143		(17	)		34,546
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		43,640		2,159		(33	)		45,766
Corporate securities		12,421		707		(85	)		13,043
Equity securities		2,054		192		—			2,246
	$	109,190	$	5,079	$	(135	)	$	114,134
	December 31, 2010
	(in thousands)
Obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies	$	32,716	$	531	$	(97	)	$	33,150
Mortgage-backed securities		15,706		524		(73	)		16,157
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		42,511		928		(531	)		42,908
Corporate securities		14,464		994		(57	)		15,401
Equity securities		2,054		124		—			2,178
	$	107,451	$	3,101	$	(758	)	$	109,794

Carrying amounts of restricted securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
	(in thousands)
Federal Reserve Bank Stock	$	344	$	344
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock		3,036		3,498
Community Bankers’ Bank Stock		140		140
	$	3,520	$	3,982

46

The amortized cost and fair value of securities available for sale at December 31, 2011, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Maturities may differ from contractual maturities in mortgage-backed securities because the mortgages underlying the securities may be called or repaid without any penalties.

	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
	(in thousands)
Due in one year or less	$	995	$	1,015
Due after one year through five years		31,385		32,767
Due after five years through ten years		36,037		38,020
Due after ten years		38,719		40,086
Equity securities		2,054		2,246
	$	109,190	$	114,134

During 2011, the Company sold $4,849,000 in available for sale securities for a net gain of $155,000. In 2010, the Company sold $2,853,000 in available for sale securities for a net gain of $98,000. During 2011, the Company also recorded an impairment charge of $87,500 on a corporate security. The remaining book value of this security at December 31, 2011 is $38,000.

The fair value and gross unrealized losses for securities available for sale, totaled by the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous gross unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	Less than 12 months				12 months or more				Total
	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses
	December 31, 2011
	(in thousands)
Obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Mortgage-backed securities		4,003		17		—		—		4,003		17
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		282		2		294		31		576		33
Corporate securities		1,913		85		—		—		1,913		85
Equity securities		—		—		—		—		—		—
	$	6,198	$	104	$	294	$	31	$	6,492	$	135
	December 31, 2010
	(in thousands)
Obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies	$	6,916	$	97	$	—	$	—	$	6,916	$	97
Mortgage-backed securities		4,355		73		—		—		4,355		73
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		11,464		481		320		50		11,784		531
Corporate securities		1,047		57		—		—		1,047		57
Equity securities		—		—		—		—		—		—
	$	23,782	$	708	$	320	$	50	$	24,102	$	758

Gross unrealized losses on available for sale securities included nine (9) and thirty-five (35) securities at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The Company evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. The Company’s mortgage-backed securities are issued by U.S. government agencies, which guarantee payments to investors regardless of the status of the underlying mortgages. Consideration is given to the length of time and the amount of an unrealized loss, the financial condition of the issuer, and the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer long enough to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value. The fair value of a security reflects its liquidity as compared to similar instruments, current market rates on similar instruments, and the creditworthiness of the issuer. Absent any change in the liquidity of a security or the creditworthiness of the issuer, prices will decline as market rates rise and vice-versa. The primary cause of the unrealized losses on obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies, mortgage-backed securities, and obligations of states and political subdivisions at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was changes in market interest rates. Since these losses can be attributed to changes in market interest rates and not expected cash flows or an issuer’s financial condition, the unrealized losses are deemed to be temporary. The Company’s holdings of corporate securities and equity securities represent investments in larger financial institutions. The current economic crisis involving housing, liquidity and credit were the primary causes of the unrealized losses on these securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The Company monitors the financial condition of these issuers continuously and will record other-than-temporary impairment if the recovery of value is unlikely.

47

The Company’s securities are exposed to various risks, such as interest rate, market, currency and credit risks. Due to the level of risk associated with certain securities and the level of uncertainty related to changes in the value of securities, it is at least reasonably possible that changes in risks in the near term would materially affect securities reported in the financial statements. In addition, recent economic uncertainty and market events have led to unprecedented volatility in currency, commodity, credit and equity markets culminating in failures of some banking and financial services firms and Government intervention to solidify others. These recent events underscore the level of investment risk associated with the current economic environment, and accordingly the level of risk in the Company’s securities.

Securities having a carrying value of $20,117,000 at December 31, 2011 were pledged to secure public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and for other purposes required by law.

NOTE 3. Loans

The composition of loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
	(in thousands)
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Construction and land development	$	31,579	$	31,560
Secured by farmland		3,390		4,332
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		212,638		207,671
Multifamily		4,517		4,908
Commercial		118,043		116,381
Loans to farmers		1,910		1,293
Commercial and industrial loans		22,866		24,449
Consumer installment loans		13,185		14,518
All other loans		2,296		3,337
	$	410,424	$	408,449
Less: Allowance for loan losses		8,743		7,111
	$	401,681	$	401,338

NOTE 4. Allowance for Loan Losses

Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

	December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(in thousands)
Balance, beginning	$	7,111		$	5,970		$	4,521
Provision charged to operating expense		3,750			6,325			4,350
Recoveries added to the allowance		848			291			252
Loan losses charged to the allowance		(2,966	)		(5,475	)		(3,153	)
Balance, ending	$	8,743		$	7,111		$	5,970

48

Nonaccrual and past due loans by class at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	As of December 31, 2011 (in thousands)
	30 - 59 Days Past Due		60 - 89 Days Past Due		90 or More Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Total Loans		90 or More Days Past Due Still Accruing		Nonaccrual Loans
Commercial - Non Real Estate:
Commercial & Industrial	$	114	$	421	$	—	$	535	$	22,331	$	22,866	$	—	$	—
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner Occupied		174		9		447		630		82,476		83,106		—		600
Non-owner occupied		873		1,102		—		1,975		32,962		34,937		—		234
Construction and Farmland:
Residential		—		—		—		—		10,594		10,594		—		151
Commercial		—		—		—		—		24,375		24,375		—		—
Consumer:
Installment		114		13		5		132		13,053		13,185		5		—
Residential:
Equity Lines		217		30		—		247		33,182		33,429		—		177
Single family		2,187		194		717		3,098		176,111		179,209		89		1,287
Multifamily		—		—		—		—		4,517		4,517		—		—
All Other Loans		—		—		—		—		4,206		4,206		—		—
Total	$	3,679	$	1,769	$	1,169	$	6,617	$	403,807	$	410,424	$	94	$	2,449
	As of December 31, 2010 (in thousands)
	30 - 59 Days Past Due		60 - 89 Days Past Due		90 or More Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Total Loans		90 or More Past Due Still Accruing		Nonaccrual Loans
Commercial - Non Real Estate:
Commercial & Industrial	$	91	$	129	$	7	$	227	$	24,222	$	24,449	$	7	$	267
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner Occupied		1,100		938		177		2,215		81,176		83,391		—		1,071
Non-owner occupied		248		—		294		542		32,448		32,990		—		—
Construction and Farmland:
Residential		63		70		1,122		1,255		9,042		10,297		—		3,808
Commercial		1,222		—		911		2,133		23,462		25,595		—		—
Consumer:
Installment		181		72		3		256		14,262		14,518		3		—
Residential:
Equity Lines		781		60		—		841		41,848		42,689		—		190
Single family		1,814		490		502		2,806		162,176		164,982		—		3,041
Multifamily		—		—		—		—		4,908		4,908		—		—
All Other Loans		—		696		—		696		3,934		4,630		—		—
Total	$	5,500	$	2,455	$	3,016	$	10,971	$	397,478	$	408,449	$	10	$	8,377

49

Allowance for loan losses by segment for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2011
	(in thousands )
	Construction and Farmland			Residential Real Estate			Commercial Real Estate			Commercial			Consumer			All Other Loans			Unallocated		Total
Allowance for credit losses:
Beginning Balance	$	1,386		$	3,457		$	1,231		$	819		$	182		$	36		$	—	$	7,111
Charge-Offs		(721	)		(1,203	)		(14	)		(572	)		(331	)		(125	)		—		(2,966	)
Recoveries		5			298			2			292			195			56			—		848
Provision		1,948			992			(162	)		538			85			156			193		3,750
Ending balance	$	2,618		$	3,544		$	1,057		$	1,077		$	131		$	123		$	193	$	8,743
Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment	$	1,468		$	2,071		$	150		$	544		$	—		$	—		$	—	$	4,233
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	1,150		$	1,473		$	907		$	533		$	131		$	123		$	193	$	4,510
Financing receivables:
Ending balance	$	34,969		$	217,155		$	118,043		$	22,866		$	13,185		$	4,206		$	—	$	410,424
Ending balance individually evaluated for impairment	$	3,357		$	9,748		$	6,186		$	599		$	—		$	—		$	—	$	19,890
Ending balance collectively evaluated for impairment	$	31,612		$	207,407		$	111,857		$	22,267		$	13,185		$	4,206		$	—	$	390,534
	For the Year Ended December 31, 2010
	(in thousands)
	Construction and Farmland			Residential Real Estate			Commercial Real Estate			Commercial			Consumer			All Other Loans			Unallocated		Total
Allowance for credit losses:
Ending balance	$	1,386		$	3,457		$	1,231		$	819		$	182		$	36		$	—	$	7,111
Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment	$	622		$	1,623		$	273		$	139		$	—		$	—		$	—	$	2,657
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	764		$	1,834		$	958		$	680		$	182		$	36		$	—	$	4,454
Financing receivables:
Ending balance	$	35,892		$	212,579		$	116,381		$	24,449		$	14,518		$	4,630		$	—	$	408,449
Ending balance individually evaluated for impairment	$	3,549		$	11,172		$	5,141		$	319		$	—		$	—		$	—	$	20,181
Ending balance collectively evaluated for impairment	$	32,343		$	201,407		$	111,240		$	24,130		$	14,518		$	4,630		$	—	$	388,268

50

Impaired loans by class at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	As of December 31, 2011 (in thousands)
	Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment		Related Allowance		Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized
With no related allowance:
Commercial - Non Real Estate:
Commercial & Industrial	$	5	$	5	$	—	$	2	$	—
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner Occupied		2,521		2,529		—		2,575		132
Non-owner occupied		2,552		2,567		—		2,623		110
Construction and Farmland:
Residential		—		—		—		—		—
Commercial		361		361		—		466		21
Residential:
Equity lines		177		177		—		190		—
Single family		3,237		3,242		—		3,840		97
Multifamily		—		—		—		—		—
Other Loans		—		—		—		—		—
	$	8,853	$	8,881	$	—	$	9,696	$	360
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial - Non Real Estate:
Commercial & Industrial	$	594	$	600	$	544	$	602	$	26
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner Occupied		—		—		—		—		—
Non-owner occupied		1,112		1,124		150		1,128		64
Construction and Farmland:
Residential		—		—		—		—		—
Commercial		2,997		3,006		1,468		3,012		147
Residential:
Equity lines		402		404		325		404		13
Single family		5,932		5,940		1,746		6,029		236
Multifamily		—		—		—		—		—
Other Loans		—		—		—		—		—
	$	11,037	$	11,074	$	4,233	$	11,175	$	486
Total:
Commercial	$	599	$	605	$	544	$	604	$	26
Commercial Real Estate		6,185		6,220		150		6,326		306
Construction and Farmland		3,358		3,367		1,468		3,478		168
Residential		9,748		9,763		2,071		10,463		346
Other		—		—		—		—		—
Total	$	19,890	$	19,955	$	4,233	$	20,871	$	846

51

	As of December 31, 2010 (in thousands)
	Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment		Related Allowance		Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized
With no related allowance:
Commercial - Non Real Estate:
Commercial & Industrial	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner Occupied		2,143		2,151		—		2,164		131
Non-owner occupied		2,144		2,153		—		2,153		34
Construction and Farmland:
Residential		—		—		—		—		—
Commercial		2,447		2,447		—		2,451		70
Residential:
Equity lines		685		689		—		690		33
Single family		4,432		4,450		—		4,736		90
Multifamily		—		—		—		—		—
Other Loans		—		—		—		—		—
	$	11,851	$	11,890	$	—	$	12,194	$	358
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial - Non Real Estate:
Commercial & Industrial	$	319	$	319	$	139	$	695	$	29
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner Occupied		306		306		122		406		—
Non-owner occupied		548		549		151		202		23
Construction and Farmland:
Residential		—		—		—		—		—
Commercial		1,102		1,102		622		1,259		68
Residential:
Equity lines		—		—		—		—		—
Single family		6,055		6,093		1,623		3,653		319
Multifamily		—		—		—		—		—
Other Loans		—		—		—		—		—
	$	8,330	$	8,369	$	2,657	$	6,215	$	439
Total:
Commercial	$	319	$	319	$	139	$	695	$	29
Commercial Real Estate		5,141		5,159		273		4,925		188
Construction and Farmland		3,549		3,549		622		3,710		138
Residential		11,172		11,232		1,623		9,079		442
Other		—		—		—		—		—
Total	$	20,181	$	20,259	$	2,657	$	18,409	$	797

Recorded investment is defined as the summation of the principal balance, accrued interest, and net deferred loan fees or costs.

52

Impaired loans at December 31, 2009 were as follows:

	December 31, 2009
	(in thousands)
Impaired loans for which, an allowance has been provided	$	7,496
no allowance has been provided		147
Total impaired loans	$	7,643
Allowance provided for impaired loans included in ALLL	$	2,253
Average balance of impaired loans	$	3,893
Interest income recognized	$	309

The Company uses a rating system for evaluating the risks associated with non-consumer loans. Consumer loans are not evaluated for risk unless the characteristics of the loan fall within classified categories. Descriptions of these ratings are as follows:

Pass	Pass loans exhibit acceptable operating trends, balance sheet trends, and liquidity. Sufficient cash flow exists to service the loan. All obligations have been paid by the borrower in an as agreed manner.
Watch	Watch loans exhibit income volatility, negative operating trends, and a highly leveraged balance sheet. A higher level of supervision is required for these loans as the potential for a negative event could impact the borrower’s ability to repay the loan.
Special mention	Special mention loans exhibit a potential weakness, if left uncorrected, may negatively affect the borrower’s ability to repay its debt obligation. The risk of default is not imminent and the borrower still demonstrates sufficient cash flow to support the loan.
Substandard	Substandard loans exhibit well defined weaknesses and have a high probability of default. The borrowers exhibit adverse financial trends but still have the ability to service debt obligations.
Doubtful	Doubtful loans exhibit all of the characteristics inherent in substandard loans but the weaknesses make collection or full liquidation highly questionable.
Loss	Loss loans are considered uncollectible and of such little value that its continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted.

53

Credit quality information by class at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:

	As of December 31, 2011 (in thousands)
INTERNAL RISK RATING GRADES	Pass		Watch		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Loss		Total
Commercial - Non Real Estate:
Commercial & Industrial	$	16,960	$	2,668	$	991	$	2,215	$	32	$	—	$	22,866
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner Occupied		65,651		6,613		5,759		4,641		442		—		83,106
Non-owner occupied		21,573		6,688		1,330		5,113		233		—		34,937
Construction and Farmland:
Residential		9,839		—		755		—		—		—		10,594
Commercial		15,990		1,657		2,595		4,029		104		—		24,375
Residential:
Equity Lines		31,862		227		355		985		—		—		33,429
Single family		150,520		5,939		10,249		11,134		1,367		—		179,209
Multifamily		2,320		1,230		967		—		—		—		4,517
All other loans		3,485		—		721		—		—		—		4,206
Total	$	318,200	$	25,022	$	23,722	$	28,117	$	2,178	$	—	$	397,239

	Performing		Nonperforming
Consumer Credit Exposure by Payment Activity	$	13,053	$	132

	As of December 31, 2010 (in thousands)
INTERNAL RISK RATING GRADES	Pass		Watch		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Loss		Total
Commercial - Non Real Estate:
Commercial & Industrial	$	19,990	$	845	$	1,535	$	1,812	$	267	$	—	$	24,449
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner Occupied		65,983		5,686		8,823		2,899		—		—		83,391
Non-owner occupied		25,569		3,322		3,113		986		—		—		32,990
Construction and Farmland:
Residential		7,875		1,556		—		—		—		—		9,431
Commercial		17,492		790		2,378		2,672		3,129		—		26,461
Residential:
Equity Lines		41,430		182		67		860		150		—		42,689
Single family		147,445		3,674		2,229		9,132		2,502		—		164,982
Multifamily		3,272		1,636		—		—		—		—		4,908
All other loans		4,581		49		—		—		—		—		4,630
Total	$	333,637	$	17,740	$	18,145	$	18,361	$	6,048	$	—	$	393,931

	Performing		Nonperforming
Consumer Credit Exposure by Payment Activity	$	14,262	$	256

One consumer loan was rated as watch for $17,000, one consumer loan was rated as special mention for $292,000, four consumer loans were rated as substandard for $19,000 and one consumer loan was rated as doubtful for $5,000 at December 31, 2011. One consumer loan was rated as watch for $23,000 and two consumer loans were rated as substandard for $10,000 at December 31, 2010.

54

NOTE 5. Troubled Debt Restructurings

All loans deemed a troubled debt restructuring, or “TDR”, are considered impaired, and are evaluated for collateral and cash-flow sufficiency. A loan is considered a TDR when the Company, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that the Company would not otherwise consider. All of the following factors are indicators that the Bank has granted a concession (one or multiple items may be present):

• The borrower receives a reduction of the stated interest rate to a rate less than the institution is willing to accept at the time of the restructure for a new loan with comparable risk.

• The borrower receives an extension of the maturity date or dates at a stated interest rate lower than the current market interest rate for new debt with similar risk characteristics.

• The borrower receives a reduction of the face amount or maturity amount of the debt as stated in the instrument or other agreement.

• The borrower receives a deferral of required payments (principal and/or interest).

• The borrower receives a reduction of the accrued interest.

There were twenty-five troubled debt restructured loans at December 31, 2011 amounting to $10,706,000. There were thirty-one troubled debt restructured loans at December 31, 2010 amounting to $8,469,000. There were no outstanding commitments to lend additional amounts to troubled debt restructured borrowers at December 31, 2011.

The following table set forth information on the Company’s troubled debt restructurings by class of financing receivable occurring during the year ended December 31, 2011.

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2011
	(in thousands)
	Number of Contracts		Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment		Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment		Impairment Accrued
Commercial Real Estate:
Non-owner occupied		2	$	1,092	$	1,092	$	—
Construction and Farmland:
Commercial		1		1,530		1,530		713
Residential
Single family		8		3,657		3,389		393
Total		11	$	6,279	$	6,011	$	1,106

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company restructured eleven loans by granting concessions to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. For each of the two commercial real estate loans above, two commercial real estate loans were combined into the one restructured commercial real estate loan. On one of the two loans, monthly payments were converted from principal and interest to interest only. The other loan remained on principal and interest payments, but the original loans were re-amortized. The residential construction loan was modified by granting a reduction in the required monthly payment. During the year ended December 31, 2011, eight single family residential loans were modified. Four of the loans were modified by granting interest rate reductions, another two had payment requirements modified from principal and interest to interest only, while the two remaining loans were modified by granting a reduction in the required monthly payment.

55

Loans by class of financing receivable modified as TDRs within the previous 12 months and for which there was a payment default during the year ended December 31, 2011 were:

		$613		$613
	Year Ended December 31, 2011
	(in thousands)
	Number of Contracts		Recorded Investment
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner occupied		2	$	613
Non-owner occupied		1		898
Construction and Farmland:
Commercial		1		99
Residential:
Single family		5		1,596
Total		9	$	3,206

A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is thirty days contractually past due under the modified terms.

NOTE 6. Bank Premises and Equipment, Net

The major classes of bank premises and equipment and the total accumulated depreciation at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
	(in thousands)
Land	$	3,727	$	4,004
Buildings and improvements		14,914		14,799
Furniture and equipment		7,063		6,749
	$	25,704	$	25,552
Less accumulated depreciation		10,504		9,840
Bank premises and equipment, net	$	15,200	$	15,712

Depreciation expense on buildings and improvements was $443,000, $404,000, and $388,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Depreciation expense on furniture and equipment was $400,000, $375,000, and $390,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

The Bank leases certain facilities under operating leases, which expire at various dates through 2032. These leases require payment of certain operating expenses and contain renewal options. The total minimum rental commitment at December 31, 2011 under these leases was due as follows:

	December 31, 2011
	(in thousands)
2012	$	104
2013		82
2014		50
2015		50
2016		50
Thereafter		804
	$	1,140

The total building and equipment rental expense was $147,000, $176,000, and $174,000 in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

56

NOTE 7. Deposits

The composition of deposits at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
	(in thousands)
Noninterest bearing demand deposits	$	107,237	$	98,256
Savings and interest bearing demand deposits:
NOW accounts	$	78,927	$	72,413
Money market accounts		83,393		69,766
Regular savings accounts		47,838		42,369
	$	210,158	$	184,548
Time deposits:
Balances of less than $100,000	$	76,956	$	85,269
Balances of $100,000 and more		54,114		61,223
	$	131,070	$	146,492
	$	448,465	$	429,296

Time deposits with balances of less than $100,000 include $10,107,000 and $20,172,000 in brokered certificates of deposit at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Time deposits with balances of $100,000 and more include $6,523,000 and $11,726,000 in brokered certificates of deposit at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The outstanding balance of time deposits at December 31, 2011 was due as follows:

	December 31, 2011
	(in thousands)
2012	$	97,180
2013		12,970
2014		15,364
2015		2,701
2016		2,855
	$	131,070

Deposit overdrafts reclassified as loans totaled $156,000 and $107,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

NOTE 8. Borrowings

The Company, through its subsidiary bank, borrows funds in the form of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Federal Home Loan Bank advances.

Federal fund lines of credit are extended to the Bank by nonaffiliated banks with which a correspondent banking relationship exists. The line of credit amount is determined by the creditworthiness of the Bank and, in particular, its regulatory capital ratios, which are discussed in Note 16. Federal funds purchased generally mature each business day. The following table summarizes information related to federal funds purchased for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31,
	2011			2010
	(dollars in thousands)
Balance at year-end	$	—		$	—
Average balance during the year		85			503
Average interest rate during the year		0.54	%		0.70	%
Maximum month-end balance during the year	$	1,945		$	4,680
Gross lines of credit at year-end		36,000			36,000
Unused lines of credit at year-end		36,000			36,000

57

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are borrowings in which the Bank obtains funds by selling securities and simultaneously agreeing to repurchase the securities for an agreed upon term at a given price which includes interest. The Company had $0 in funds from certain customers through retail repurchase agreements at December 31, 2011. Generally, the term for retail repurchase agreements is the next business day. The Company had $10,000,000 in funds from a larger financial institution through a wholesale repurchase agreement at December 31, 2011. The original term of this wholesale repurchase agreement, which was executed during 2008, was five years and the counterparty has the option to call the debt after three years. The amount of borrowings through securities sold under agreements to repurchase is restricted by the amount of securities which are designated for these transactions. The following table summarizes information related to securities sold under agreement to repurchase for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31,
	2011			2010
	(dollars in thousands)
Balance at year-end	$	10,000		$	14,395
Average balance during the year		12,416			14,971
Average interest rate during the year		2.93	%		2.56	%
Maximum month-end balance during the year	$	14,050		$	15,552
Securities underlying the agreements at year-end:
Carrying value		12,150			19,198
Fair value		12,918			19,667

The Bank had a $112,990,000 line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta which was secured by a blanket lien on the loan portfolio at December 31, 2011. The Company had $42,250,000 in advances outstanding at December 31, 2011 (see details below); therefore, the unused line of credit totaled $70,740,000. Advances bear interest at a fixed or floating rate depending on the terms and maturity of each advance and numerous renewal options are available to the Company.

The Company had $20,000,000 in short-term borrowings with the FHLB at December 31, 2011. The weighted average interest rate on outstanding short-term advances at December 31, 2011 was 3.55%.

The Company had $22,250,000 in long-term borrowings with the FHLB at December 31, 2011, which matures as follows: $2,250,000 in 2014 and $20,000,000 in 2015. The interest rates on the outstanding long-term advances at December 31, 2011 ranged from 3.02% to 4.07%. The weighted average interest rate on outstanding long-term advances at December 31, 2011 was 3.50%.

58

NOTE 9. Income Taxes

The Company files income tax returns with the United States of America and the Commonwealth of Virginia. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to federal, state, or local income tax examinations for years prior to 2008.

The net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following components:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
	(in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan losses	$	2,973	$	2,418
Deferred compensation		109		116
Accrued postretirement benefits		51		49
Accrued pension benefits		—		147
Home equity origination costs		36		45
Other than temporary impairment		876		846
Interest rate swap		197		57
Other real estate owned expenses		13		39
Other		125		243
	$	4,380	$	3,960
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment	$	566	$	458
Securities available for sale		1,681		796
	$	2,247	$	1,254
Net deferred tax asset	$	2,133	$	2,706

The Company has not recorded a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets because management believes that it is more likely than not that they will be ultimately realized.

Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 consisted of the following components:

	December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(in thousands)
Current tax expense	$	1,688		$	1,381		$	1,667
Deferred tax (benefit)		(317	)		(362	)		(652	)
	$	1,371		$	1,019		$	1,015

The following table reconciles income tax expense to the statutory federal corporate income tax amount, which was calculated by applying the federal corporate income tax rate to pre-tax income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

	December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(in thousands)
Statutory federal corporate tax amount	$	1,936		$	1,572		$	1,515
Tax-exempt interest income		(563	)		(544	)		(505	)
Other		(2	)		(9	)		5
	$	1,371		$	1,019		$	1,015

59

NOTE 10. Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans

Effective December 31, 2006, the pension plan was amended and frozen so that no further benefits will accrue under the plan and no additional employees may become participants. The pension plan was terminated effective September 30, 2011 and after receiving final approval from the Internal Revenue Service, distributions in the form of lump-sum cash payments to plan participants, rollovers and purchasing annuity contracts were completed on December 19, 2011. The Company recognized a loss of $589,000 on the distribution of the plan’s assets. The loss is included in salaries and employee benefits expense on the consolidated statements of income. An additional $141,000 in expense was incurred during 2011 for the purchase of employee retirement annuities. The expense is included in outside service fees on the consolidated statements of income.

The Company provides certain health care and life insurance benefits for six retired employees who have met certain eligibility requirements. All other employees retiring after reaching age 65 and having at least 15 years of service with the Company will be allowed to stay on the Company’s group life and health insurance policies, but will be required to pay premiums. The Company’s share of the estimated costs that will be paid after retirement is generally being accrued by charges to expense over the employees’ active service periods to the dates they are fully eligible for benefits, except that the Company’s unfunded cost that existed at January 1, 1993 is being accrued primarily in a straight-line manner that will result in its full accrual by December 31, 2013.

The following amounts that have not been recognized in the net periodic benefit cost of the postretirement benefit plan for the year ended December 31, 2011 and are included in other comprehensive income: unrecognized net actuarial gain of $50. The transition obligation included in other comprehensive income and expected to be recognized in the net periodic benefit cost of the postretirement benefit plan during 2012 is $0.

The following tables provide a reconciliation of the changes in the benefit obligations and fair value of assets for 2011, 2010, and 2009 and a statement of the funded status at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 for the pension and postretirement benefit plans of the Company. The Company uses a December 31st measurement date for its plans.

60

	Pension Plan									Postretirement Benefits Plan
	2011			2010			2009			2011			2010			2009
	(in thousands)
Change in Benefit Obligation:
Benefit obligation, beginning	$	3,684		$	3,801		$	3,859		$	144		$	154		$	254
Service cost		—			—			—			—			—			—
Interest cost		101			189			191			6			7			14
Actuarial loss (gain)		143			(246	)		95			6			(11	)		(105	)
Benefits paid		(4,069	)		(60	)		(344	)		(6	)		(6	)		(9	)
Settlement loss		141			—			—			—			—			—
Benefit obligation, ending	$	—		$	3,684		$	3,801		$	150		$	144		$	154
Change in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets, beginning	$	3,252		$	2,955		$	2,691		$	—		$	—		$	—
Actual return on plan assets		87			78			498			—			—			—
Employer contributions		730			279			110			6			6			9
Benefits paid		(4,069	)		(60	)		(344	)		(6	)		(6	)		(9	)
Fair value of plan assets, ending	$	—		$	3,252		$	2,955		$	—		$	—		$	—
	Pension Plan									Postretirement Benefits Plan
	2011			2010			2009			2011			2010			2009
	(in thousands)
Funded Status:
Funded status	$	—		$	(432	)	$	(846	)	$	(150	)	$	(144	)	$	(154	)
Unrecognized net actuarial loss		—			—			—			—			—			—
Unrecognized net transition obligation		—			—			—			—			—			—
Unrecognized prior service cost		—			—			—			—			—			—
Prepaid (accrued) benefits	$	—		$	(432	)	$	(846	)	$	(150	)	$	(144	)	$	(154	)
Amounts Recognized in Consolidated Balance Sheets:
Prepaid benefit cost	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Accrued benefit (liability)		—			(432	)		(846	)		(150	)		(144	)		(154	)
	$	—		$	(432	)	$	(846	)	$	(150	)	$	(144	)	$	(154	)
Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income:
Net actuarial loss (gain)	$	—		$	434		$	846		$	(76	)	$	(93	)	$	(92	)
Net transition obligation		—			—			—			—			—			2
Deferred tax (benefit)/liability		—			(147	)		(288	)		26			30			31
	$	—		$	287		$	558		$	(50	)	$	(63	)	$	(59	)

The accumulated benefit obligation for the pension plan was distributed during 2011, and as a result, there was no accumulated benefit obligation at December 31, 2011. The accumulated benefit obligation for the pension plan was $3,684,000, and $3,801,000 at December 31, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Due to the amendment of the pension plan, the accumulated benefit obligation and projected benefit obligation are equivalent at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

61

The following tables provide the components of net periodic benefit cost of the pension plan and postretirement benefit plan for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	Pension Plan									Postretirement Benefits Plan
	2011			2010			2009			2011			2010			2009
	(in thousands)
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost:
Service cost	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Interest cost		101			189			191			6			7			14
Expected return on plan assets		(83	)		(146	)		(132	)		—			—			—
Amortization of prior service costs		—			—			—			—			—			—
Amortization of transition obligation		—			—			—			—			2			3
Recognized net loss due to settlement		141			—			—			—			—			—
Amortization of net actuarial loss		572			235			365			(11	)		(9	)		—
Net periodic benefit cost	$	731		$	278		$	424		$	(5	)	$	—		$	17

The total recognized net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income for the pension plan was $(303,000), $(5,000), and $4,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The total recognized net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income for the postretirement benefits plan was $(6,000), $2,000, and $(54,000) during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

The benefit obligation for the pension plan was calculated using the following assumptions; weighted average discount rate of 6.10% for 2010 and 5.00% 2009. Due to the amendment of the pension plan, no rate of compensation increase was assumed for or 2010 and 2009.

The net periodic benefit cost for the pension plan was calculated using the following assumptions; weighted average discount rate of 6.10% for 2011 and 5.00% for 2010 and 2009, expected long-term return on plan assets of 5.00% for 2011, 2010, and 2009. Due to the amendment of the pension plan, no rate of compensation increase was assumed for 2011, 2010, and 2009.

The benefit obligation for the postretirement benefit plan was calculated using a weighted average discount rate of 4.25% for 2011, 5.00% for 2010, and 6.00% for 2009. For measurement purposes, a 10.00% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for 2012 and 2013, 8.00% for 2014 and 2015, and 6.00% for 2016 and thereafter. If these rates were increased by 1.00% in each year, the benefit obligation at December 31, 2011 would have increased by $6,000 and the net periodic benefit cost for 2011 would have increased by less than $500. If these rates were decreased by 1.00% in each year, the benefit obligation at December 31, 2011 would have decreased by $6,000 and the net periodic benefit cost for 2011 would have decreased by less than $500.

The following table provides the pension plan’s asset allocation as of December 31, 2010:

	December 31, 2010
Equity securities		—
Debt securities		57	%
Other		43	%
Total		100	%

All plan assets were distributed to pension plan beneficiaries during 2011 and no future payments are expected.

Estimated future benefit payments at December 31, 2011, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, were as follows:

	Postretirement Benefits
	(in thousands)
2012	$	14
2013		14
2014		14
2015		14
2016		14
2017 - 2020		60

62

The pension financial instruments measured and reported at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following categories:

•	Level 1	Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
•	Level 2	Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
•	Level 3	Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The following table presents balances of pension assets measured at fair value on December 31, 2010:

	Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 Using
	Balance as of December 31,		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	2010		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
			(in thousands)
Cash	$	1	$	1	$	—	$	—
Cash Equivalents		1,406		1,406		—		—
AA corporate bonds		131		—		131		—
Mutual Funds (a)		1,714		1,714		—		—
Total assets at fair value	$	3,252	$	3,121	$	131	$	—

(a) 100% of mutual funds are invested in fixed income corporate bond securities.

(b) 70% of mutual funds invest in common stock of large-cap companies. 30% of mutual funds invest in common stock of mid-cap companies. 10% of mutual funds invest in common stock of small-cap companies.

NOTE 11. Stock-Based Compensation

The exercise price of stock options granted under this plan, both incentive and non-qualified, cannot be less than the fair market value of the common stock on the date that the option is granted. The maximum term for an option granted under this plan is ten years and options granted may be subject to a vesting schedule. All of the non-qualified stock options granted under the plan had a ten year term and were subject to a vesting period. The following table summarizes options outstanding at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	2011						2010				2009
	Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Aggregate Intrinsic Value		Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding, beginning of year		22,000	$	21.59				22,000	$	21.59		22,000	$	21.59
Granted		—		—				—		—		—		—
Exercised		—		—				—		—		—		—
Forfeited		—		—				—		—		—		—
Outstanding, end of year		22,000	$	21.59				22,000	$	21.59		22,000	$	21.59
Exercisable, end of year		22,000	$	21.59	$	—		22,000	$	21.59		22,000	$	21.59
Weighted average fair value of options granted during the year			$	—					$	—			$	—

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table is equal to the amount that would have been received by the option holders had all options been exercised on December 31, 2011. It is derived from the amount by which the current market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option. This amount fluctuates in relation to the market value of the Company’s stock.

63

The following table summarizes options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011:

		Options Outstanding			Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Price		Number Outstanding	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years)	Weighted Average Exercise Price	Number Exercisable	Weighted Average Exercise Price
	$             21.63	11,000	1.75	$            21.63	11,000	$            21.63
	21.55	11,000	2.75	21.55	11,000	21.55
	$ 21.55 -21.63	22,000	2.25	$            21.59	22,000	$            21.59

Restricted Stock provides grantees with rights to shares of common stock upon completion of a service period or achievement of Company performance measures. During the restriction period, all shares are considered outstanding and dividends are paid to the grantee. Outside directors are periodically granted restricted shares which vest over a period of less than six months. During 2011, executive officers were granted restricted shares which vest over a three year service period and restricted shares which vest based on meeting performance measures over a three year period. The following table presents the activity for Restricted Stock for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

	2011					2010					2009
	Shares			Weighted Average Grant  Date Fair Value		Shares			Weighted Average Grant  Date Fair Value		Shares			Weighted Average Grant  Date Fair Value
Nonvested, beginning of year		12,772		$	16.89		13,335		$	20.00		11,492		$	26.16
Granted		12,300			16.76		12,900			16.14		11,700			16.06
Vested		(9,291	)		17.55		(7,936	)		19.51		(7,509	)		21.12
Forfeited		(2,081	)		18.38		(5,527	)		18.86		(2,348	)		26.94
Nonvested, end of year		13,700		$	16.11		12,772		$	16.89		13,335		$	20.00

The Company recognizes compensation expense over the restricted period. Compensation expense was $166,000, $116,000, and $166,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The total grant date fair value of Restricted Stock which vested was $163,000 and $155,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested Restricted Stock was $47,000 at December 31, 2011. This amount is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.1 years.

NOTE 12. Employee Benefits

The Company has established an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) to provide additional retirement benefits to substantially all employees. Contributions can be made to the Bank of Clarke County Employee Retirement Trust to be used to purchase the Company’s common stock. There were no contributions in 2011, 2010, and 2009.

The Company sponsors a 401(k) savings plan under which eligible employees may defer a portion of salary on a pretax basis, subject to certain IRS limits. Prior to January 1, 2007, the Company matched 50 percent of employee contributions, on a maximum of six percent of salary deferred, with Company common stock or cash, as elected by each employee. The shares for this purpose are provided principally by the Company’s employee stock ownership plan (ESOP), supplemented, as needed, by newly issued shares. Contributions under the plan amounted to $739,000 in 2011, $668,000 in 2010, and $675,000 in 2009. In conjunction with amending the pension plan, the 401(k) plan was amended, effective January 1, 2007, to include a non-elective safe-harbor employer contribution and an age-weighted employer contribution. Each December 31^st, qualifying employees will receive a non-elective safe-harbor contribution equal to three percent of their salary for that year. Also, each December 31^st, qualifying employees will receive an additional contribution based on their age and years of service. The percentage of salary for the age-weighted contribution increases on both factors, age and years of service, with a minimum of one percent of salary and a maximum of ten percent of salary.

The Company has established an Executive Supplemental Income Plan for certain key employees. Benefits are to be paid in monthly installments following retirement or death. The agreement provides that if employment is terminated for reasons other than death or disability prior to age 65, the amount of benefits could be reduced or forfeited. The executive supplemental income benefit expense, based on the present value of the retirement benefits, was $13,000 in 2011, $13,000 in 2010, and $14,000 in 2009. The plan is unfunded; however, life insurance has been acquired on the lives of these employees in amounts sufficient to discharge the plan’s obligations.

64

NOTE 13. Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company makes various commitments and incurs certain contingent liabilities, which are not reflected in the accompanying financial statements. These commitments and contingent liabilities include various guarantees, commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. The Company does not anticipate any material losses as a result of these commitments.

During the normal course of business, various legal claims arise from time to time which, in the opinion of management, will have no material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

As a member of the Federal Reserve System, the Bank is required to maintain certain average reserve balances. These reserve balances include usable vault cash and amounts on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank. For the final weekly reporting period in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the amount of daily average required balances were approximately $630,000 and $824,000, respectively. In addition, the Bank was required to maintain a compensating balance on deposit with a correspondent bank in the amount of $250,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

See Note 19 with respect to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk.

NOTE 14. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Interest Rate Swaps

The Company uses interest rate swaps to reduce interest rate risks and to manage interest expense. By entering into these agreements, the Company converts floating rate debt into fixed rate debt, or alternatively, converts fixed rate debt into floating rate debt. Interest differentials paid or received under the swap agreements are reflected as adjustments to interest expense. These interest rate swap agreements are derivative instruments that qualify for hedge accounting as discussed in Note 1. The notional amounts of the interest rate swaps are not exchanged and do not represent exposure to credit loss. In the event of default by a counterparty, the risk in these transactions is the cost of replacing the agreements at current market rates.

On December 4, 2008, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement related to the outstanding trust preferred capital notes. The swap agreement became effective on December 1, 2008. The notional amount of the interest rate swap was $7,000,000 and has an expiration date of December 1, 2016. The estimated fair value was $(580,000) at December 31, 2011 and $(169,000) at December 31, 2010. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company pays interest quarterly at a fixed rate of 2.85% and receives interest quarterly at a variable rate of three month LIBOR. The variable rate resets on each interest payment date. The Company recognized interest expense of $180,000 in 2011 and $178,000 in 2010 related to this interest rate swap.

The following table summarizes the fair value of derivative instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	2011				2010
	Balance Sheet Location		Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location		Fair Value
	(dollars in thousands)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under GAAP
Interest rate swap contracts		Other Liabilities	$	580		Other Liabilities	$	169

The following tables present the effect of the derivative instrument on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the Consolidated Statements of Income for December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	Year Ended December 31,
Derivatives in GAAP Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Amount of Loss Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion)						Location of Loss Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income (Ineffective Portion)		Amount of Loss Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income (Ineffective Portion)
	2011			2010					2011		2010		2009
	(dollars in thousands)								(dollars in thousands)
Interest rate swap contracts, net of tax	$	(271	)	$	(273	)		N/A	$	—	$	—	$	—

65

NOTE 15. Transactions with Directors and Officers

The Bank grants loans to and accepts deposits from its directors, principal officers and related parties of such persons during the ordinary course of business. The aggregate balance of loans to directors, principal officers and their related parties was $11,210,000 and $10,281,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These balances reflect total principal additions of $5,097,000 and total principal payments of $4,168,000 during 2011. The aggregate balance of deposits from directors, principal officers and their related parties was $10,010,000 and $7,436,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

NOTE 16. Capital Requirements

The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (as defined). Management believes that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

At December 31, 2011, the most recent notification from the Federal Reserve Bank categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the tables. There are no conditions or events since the notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category. The following table presents the Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Actual					Minimum Capital Requirement					Minimum To Be  Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
	Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio
	(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2011:
Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets Consolidated	$	67,155		16.96	%	$	31,670		8.00	%		N/A
Bank of Clarke County	$	60,930		15.55	%	$	31,338		8.00	%	$	39,172		10.00	%
Tier 1 Capital to Risk Weighted Assets Consolidated	$	62,159		15.70	%	$	15,835		4.00	%		N/A
Bank of Clarke County	$	55,986		14.29	%	$	15,669		4.00	%	$	23,503		6.00	%
Tier 1 Capital to Average Assets Consolidated	$	62,159		10.88	%	$	22,844		4.00	%		N/A
Bank of Clarke County	$	55,986		9.86	%	$	22,706		4.00	%	$	28,382		5.00	%
December 31, 2010:
Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets Consolidated	$	64,692		16.02	%	$	32,299		8.00	%		N/A
Bank of Clarke County	$	58,111		14.56	%	$	31,935		8.00	%	$	39,919		10.00	%
Tier 1 Capital to Risk Weighted Assets Consolidated	$	59,619		14.77	%	$	16,150		4.00	%		N/A
Bank of Clarke County	$	53,095		13.30	%	$	15,967		4.00	%	$	23,951		6.00	%
Tier 1 Capital to Average Assets Consolidated	$	59,619		10.62	%	$	22,462		4.00	%		N/A
Bank of Clarke County	$	53,095		9.56	%	$	22,226		4.00	%	$	27,783		5.00	%

66

NOTE 17. Restrictions On Dividends, Loans and Advances

Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid and loans or advances made by the Bank to the Company. The total amount of dividends which may be paid at any date is generally limited to the lesser of the Bank’s retained earnings or the three preceding years’ undistributed net income of the Bank. Loans or advances are limited to 10% of the Bank’s capital stock and surplus on a secured basis. In addition, dividends paid by the Bank to the Company would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause the Bank’s capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements.

At December 31, 2011, the Bank’s retained earnings available for the payment of dividends to the Company was $7,278,000. Accordingly, $51,879,000 of the Company’s equity in the net assets of the Bank was restricted at December 31, 2011. Funds available for loans or advances by the Bank to the Company amounted to $1,146,000 at December 31, 2011.

NOTE 18. Dividend Investment Plan

The Company has a Dividend Investment Plan, which allows participants’ dividends to purchase additional shares of common stock at 95% of its fair market value on each dividend record date.

NOTE 19. Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

The Company, through its subsidiary bank, is a party to credit related financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, unfunded commitments under lines of credit, and commercial and standby letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the following financial instruments were outstanding whose contract amounts represent credit risk:

	2011		2010
Commitments to extend credit	$	9,448,000	$	6,111,000
Unfunded commitments under lines of credit		65,193,000		64,195,000
Commercial and standby letters of credit		5,684,000		4,953,000

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as the terms offered are acceptable and certain other conditions are met. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Since these commitments may expire or terminate, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The amount of collateral obtained, with regards to these commitments, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit are contracts for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. Unfunded commitments under lines of credit include, but are not limited to, home equity lines of credit, overdraft protection lines of credit, credit cards, and unsecured and secured commercial lines of credit. The terms and conditions of these commitments vary depending on the line of credit’s purpose, collateral, and maturity. The amount disclosed above represents total unused lines of credit for which a contract with the Bank has been established.

Commercial and standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. These letters of credit are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. Essentially all letters of credit issued have expiration dates within one year. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in granting loans to customers. The Bank holds collateral supporting these commitments if it is deemed necessary. At December 31, 2011, none of the outstanding letters of credit were collateralized.

The Bank has cash accounts in other commercial banks. The amount on deposit in these banks at December 31, 2011 exceeded the insurance limits of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation by $238,000.

NOTE 20. Trust Preferred Capital Notes

In June 2007, Eagle Financial Statutory Trust II (the “Trust II”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, was formed for the purpose of issuing redeemable capital securities. On June 20, 2007, Trust II issued $7,000,000 of trust preferred securities and $217,000 in common equity. The principal asset of Trust II is $7,217,000 of the Company’s junior subordinated debt securities with the same maturity and interest rate structures as the capital securities. The securities have a LIBOR-indexed floating rate of interest and the interest rate was 2.15% and 1.92% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The securities have a mandatory redemption date of September 1, 2037, and are subject to varying call provisions beginning September 1, 2012.

The trust preferred securities are included in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital adequacy purposes as long as their amount does not exceed 25% of Tier 1 capital, including total trust preferred securities. The portion of the trust preferred securities not considered as Tier 1 capital, if any, may be included in Tier 2 capital. At December 31, 2011, the total amount ($7,000,000) of trust preferred securities issued by Trust II are included in the Company’s Tier 1 capital.

67

The obligations of the Company with respect to the issuance of the capital securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the Trust’s obligations with respect to the capital securities.

Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, the Company may elect from time to time to defer interest payments on the junior subordinated debt securities, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on the related capital securities.

NOTE 21. Quarterly Condensed Statements of Income - Unaudited

The Company’s quarterly net income, net income per common share and dividends per common share during 2011 and 2010 are summarized as follows:

	2011 Quarter Ended
	March 31		June 30		September 30			December 31
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Total interest and dividend income	$	6,839	$	6,864	$	6,920		$	6,948
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		4,672		4,706		4,682			4,956
Noninterest income		1,405		1,542		1,394			1,244
Noninterest expenses		4,504		4,444		4,567			5,393
Income before income taxes		1,573		1,804		1,509			807
Net income		1,167		1,323		1,139			693
Net income per common share, basic		0.36		0.40		0.34			0.21
Net income per common share, diluted		0.36		0.40		0.34			0.21
Dividends per common share		0.18		0.18		0.18			0.18
	2010 Quarter Ended
	March 31		June 30		September 30			December 31
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Total interest and dividend income	$	6,844	$	6,934	$	6,950		$	7,061
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		4,879		4,785		2,721			3,549
Noninterest income		1,364		1,383		1,475			1,277
Noninterest expenses		4,058		4,105		4,290			4,356
Income before income taxes		2,185		2,063		(94	)		470
Net income		1,578		1,485		81			461
Net income per common share, basic		0.49		0.46		0.02			0.14
Net income per common share, diluted		0.49		0.46		0.02			0.14
Dividends per common share		0.17		0.17		0.17			0.18

68

NOTE 22. Fair Value Measurements

GAAP requires the Company to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. The fair value of certain assets and liabilities is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants.

“Fair Value Measurements” defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurement and enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

•	Level 1	Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
•	Level 2	Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
•	Level 3	Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The following sections provide a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy:

Securities Available for Sale: Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities would include highly liquid government bonds, mortgage products and exchange traded equities. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flow. Level 2 securities would include U.S. agency securities, mortgage-backed agency securities, obligations of states and political subdivisions and certain corporate, asset backed and other securities. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

Interest Rate Swap: The fair value is estimated by a third party using inputs that are observable or that can be corroborated by observable market data, and therefore, is classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

69

The following table presents balances of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

			Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011 Using
	Balance as of December 31,		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	2011		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
			(in thousands)
Assets:
Securities available for sale
Obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies	$	18,533	$	—	$	18,533	$	—
Mortgage-backed securities		34,546		—		34,546		—
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		45,766		—		45,766		—
Corporate securities		13,043		—		13,043		—
Equity securities:
Bank preferred stock		2,246		2,246		—		—
Total assets at fair value	$	114,134	$	2,246	$	111,888	$	—
Liabilities:
Interest rate swap		580		—		580		—
Total liabilities at fair value	$	580	$	—	$	580	$	—
			Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 Using
	Balance as of December 31,		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	2010		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
			(in thousands)
Assets:
Securities available for sale
Obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies	$	33,150	$	—	$	33,150	$	—
Mortgage-backed securities		16,157		—		16,157		—
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		42,908		—		42,908		—
Corporate securities		15,401		—		15,401		—
Equity securities:
Bank preferred stock		2,178		2,178		—		—
Total assets at fair value	$	109,794	$	2,178	$	107,616	$	—
Liabilities:
Interest rate swap		169		—		169		—
Total liabilities at fair value	$	169	$	—	$	169	$	—

70

Certain financial assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. Adjustments to the fair value of these assets usually result from the application of lower of cost or market accounting or write downs of individual assets.

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure certain financial and nonfinancial assets recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the financial statements:

Impaired Loans: Loans are designated as impaired when, in the judgment of management based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement will not be collected. The measurement of loss associated with impaired loans can be based on either the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral. Fair value is measured based on the value of the collateral securing the loans. Collateral may be in the form of real estate or business assets including equipment, inventory, and accounts receivable. The vast majority of the collateral is real estate. Level 2 impaired loan value is determined by utilizing an income or market valuation approach based on an appraisal conducted by an independent, licensed appraiser outside of the Company using observable market data. If the collateral is a house or building in the process of construction or if an appraisal of the real estate property is over two years old, then the fair value is considered Level 3. The value of business equipment is based upon an outside appraisal if deemed significant, or the net book value on the applicable business’ financial statements if not considered significant using observable market data. Level 3 impaired loan values are determined using inventory and accounts receivables collateral and are based on financial statement balances or aging reports. Impaired loans for which an allocation is made to the Allowance for Loan Losses are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Any fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred as provision for loan losses on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Other Real Estate Owned: Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at the lesser of the fair value of the property, less selling costs or the loan balance outstanding at the date of foreclosure. Any write-downs based on the asset’s fair value at the date of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan losses. After foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and property held for sale is carried at the lower of the new cost basis or fair value less cost to sell. Impairment losses on property to be held and used are measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a property exceeds its fair value. Costs of significant property improvements are capitalized, whereas costs relating to holding property are expensed. The portion of interest costs relating to development of real estate is capitalized. Valuations are periodically performed by management, and any subsequent write-downs are recorded as a charge to operations, if necessary, to reduce the carrying value of a property to the lower of its cost or fair value less cost to sell. We believe that the fair value component in its valuation follows the provisions of GAAP.

The following table summarizes the Company’s financial and nonfinancial assets that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the period:

			Carrying value at December 31, 2011
	Balance as of December 31,		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	2011		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
			(in thousands)
Financial Assets:
Impaired loans	$	6,804	$	—	$	—	$	6,804
Nonfinancial Assets:
Other real estate owned		2,378		—		—		2,378
			Carrying value at December 31, 2010
	Balance as of December 31,		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	2010		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
			(in thousands)
Financial Assets:
Impaired loans	$	5,673	$	—	$	—	$	5,673
Nonfinancial Assets:
Other real estate owned		1,783		—		—		1,783

71

The fair value of a financial instrument is the current amount that would be exchanged between willing parties, other than in a forced liquidation. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Company’s various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument. The aggregate fair value amounts presented may not necessarily represent the underlying fair value of the Company. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments:

Cash and short-term investments/restricted investments/accrued interest: The fair value was equal to the carrying amount.

Securities: The fair value, excluding restricted securities, was based on quoted market prices. The fair value of restricted securities approximated the carrying amount based on the redemption provisions of the issuers.

Loans: The fair value of variable rate loans, which reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, was equal to the carrying amount. The fair value of all other loans was determined using discounted cash flow analysis. The discount rate was equal to the current interest rate on similar products.

Deposits and borrowings: The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts, and certain money market deposits was equal to the carrying amount. The fair value of all other deposits and borrowings was determined using discounted cash flow analysis. The discount rate was equal to the current interest rate on similar products.

Off-balance-sheet financial instruments: The fair value of commitments to extend credit was estimated using the fees currently charged to enter similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the credit worthiness of the counterparties. The fair value of fixed rate loan commitments also considered the difference between current interest rates and the committed interest rates. The fair value of standby letters of credit was estimated using the fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties.

The carrying amount and fair value of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	December 31, 2011				December 31, 2010
	Carrying Amount		Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Fair Value
	(in thousands)				(in thousands)
Financial assets:
Cash and short-term investments	$	21,941	$	21,941	$	13,970	$	13,970
Securities		114,134		114,134		109,794		109,794
Restricted Investments		3,520		3,520		3,982		3,982
Loans, net		401,681		418,230		401,338		416,669
Accrued interest receivable		2,037		2,037		2,179		2,179
Financial liabilities:
Deposits	$	448,465	$	449,990	$	429,296	$	430,627
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase		10,000		10,350		14,395		14,950
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		42,250		44,833		52,250		54,853
Trust preferred capital notes		7,217		7,217		7,217		7,217
Accrued interest payable		336		336		417		417
Interest rate swap contract		580		580		169		169

The Company assumes interest rate risk (the risk that general interest rate levels will change) during its normal operations. As a result, the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments will change when interest rate levels change and that change may be either favorable or unfavorable to the Company. Management attempts to match maturities of assets and liabilities in order to minimize interest rate risk. However, borrowers with fixed rate obligations are less likely to prepay their principal balance in a rising rate environment and more likely to do so in a falling rate environment. Conversely, depositors who are receiving fixed rate interest payments are more likely to withdraw funds before maturity in a rising rate environment and less likely to do so in a falling rate environment. Management monitors rates and maturities of assets and liabilities and attempts to minimize interest rate risk by adjusting the terms of new loans and deposits and by investing in securities with terms that mitigate the Company’s overall interest rate risk.

NOTE 23. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated events and transactions subsequent to December 31, 2011 but before the financial statements are issued. Based on definitions and requirements of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles for “Subsequent Events”, the Company has not identified any subsequent events that require adjustment to, or disclosure in, the financial statements.

72

NOTE 24. Condensed Financial Information – Parent Company Only

EAGLE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

(Parent Company Only)

Balance Sheets

December 31, 2011 and 2010

(dollars in thousands)

	2011		2010
Assets
Cash held in subsidiary bank	$	313	$	164
Due from banks		503		502
Securities available for sale		5,165		5,793
Investment in subsidiaries, at cost, plus undistributed net income		59,157		54,251
Investment in limited partnership		—		—
Other assets		777		536
Total assets	$	65,915	$	61,246
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Trust preferred capital notes	$	7,217	$	7,217
Other liabilities		608		200
Total liabilities	$	7,825	$	7,417
Shareholders’ Equity
Preferred stock	$	—	$	—
Common stock		8,217		8,124
Surplus		9,568		9,076
Retained earnings		37,374		35,419
Accumulated other comprehensive income		2,931		1,210
Total shareholders’ equity	$	58,090	$	53,829
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	65,915	$	61,246

73

EAGLE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

(Parent Company Only)

Statements of Income

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(dollars in thousands)

	2011			2010			2009
Income
Dividends from subsidiary bank	$	1,600		$	1,500		$	1,200
Interest and dividends on securities available for sale		313			368			384
(Loss) on equity investments		—			—			—
Other income (loss)		(108	)		16			(40	)
Total income	$	1,805		$	1,884		$	1,544
Expenses
Interest expense on borrowings	$	317		$	316		$	319
Other operating expenses		179			112			115
Total expenses	$	496		$	428		$	434
Income before income tax (benefit) and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary bank	$	1,309		$	1,456		$	1,110
Income Tax (Benefit)		(122	)		(41	)		(52	)
Income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary bank	$	1,431		$	1,497		$	1,162
Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiary Bank		2,891			2,108			2,279
Net income	$	4,322		$	3,605		$	3,441

74

EAGLE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

(Parent Company Only)

Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(dollars in thousands)

	2011			2010			2009
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net Income	$	4,322		$	3,605		$	3,441
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
(Loss) on securities		96			—			—
Stock-based compensation expense		166			116			165
(Discount accretion) premium amortization on securities		(2	)		(1	)		1
Undistributed earnings of subsidiary bank		(2,891	)		(2,108	)		(2,279	)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
(Increase) in other assets		(91	)		(24	)		(7	)
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities		(4	)		3			1
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	1,596		$	1,591		$	1,322
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale	$	500		$	406		$	—
Net cash provided by investing activities	$	500		$	406		$	—
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Cash dividends paid	$	(1,764	)	$	(1,645	)	$	(1,587	)
Issuance of common stock, employee benefit plan		89			—			76
Retirement of common stock		(271	)		—			—
Net cash (used in) financing activities	$	(1,946	)	$	(1,645	)	$	(1,511	)
Increase (decrease) in cash	$	150		$	352		$	(189	)
Cash
Beginning	$	666		$	314		$	503
Ending	$	816		$	666		$	314

75

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2011 to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over the Company’s financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, management has conducted an assessment of the design and effectiveness of its internal controls over financial reporting based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”).

Management maintains a comprehensive system of internal control to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The system of internal control provides for appropriate division of responsibility and is documented by written policies and procedures that are communicated to employees. Those policies and procedures: 1) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and disposition of the assets of the Company, 2) provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors, 3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Management recognizes that there are inherent limitations over internal controls and financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Changes in conditions will also impact the internal control effectiveness over time. Eagle Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries maintains an internal auditing program, under the supervision of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which independently assesses the effectiveness of the system of internal control and recommends possible improvements.

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Company has evaluated the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, using the Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based upon this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have concluded as of December 31, 2011, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is adequate and effective and meets the criteria of the Internal Control – Integrated Framework.

Management’s assessment did not determine any material weaknesses within the Company’s internal control structure. There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the Company’s quarter ended December 31, 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the company’s registered public accounting firm, regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

76

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by Part III, Item 10. is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 16, 2012.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by Part III, Item 11. is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 16, 2012.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by Part III, Item 12. is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 16, 2012.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by Part III, Item 13. is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 16, 2012.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by Part III, Item 14. is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 16, 2012.

77

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1) Financial Statements

The financial statements are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K within Item 8.

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules are omitted since they are not required, or are not applicable, or the required information is given in the financial statements or notes thereto.

(a)(3) Exhibits

The following exhibits, as applicable, are filed with this Form 10-K or incorporated by reference to previous filings.

Exhibit No.	Description
3.1	Articles of Incorporation of the Company, restated in electronic format only as of March 1, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 1, 2006).
3.2	Bylaws of the Company (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 33-43681).
10.1	Description of Executive Supplemental Income Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996).*
10.2	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of John R. Milleson (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).*
10.3	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of James W. McCarty, Jr. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).*
10.4	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Elizabeth M. Pendleton (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).*
10.5	Eagle Financial Services, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, Registration No. 333-118319).*
10.6	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of John E. Hudson (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).*
10.7	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Kaley P. Crosen (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).*
10.8	Employment Agreement of Dale L. Fritts (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).*
10.9	Offer Letter of Kathleen J. Chappell (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).*
10.10	Agreement, dated August 23, 2011, by and between Eagle Financial Services, Inc. and Robert C. Boyd (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011).*
10.11	Addendum to the Agreement, dated August 23, 2011, by and between Eagle Financial Services, Inc. and Robert C. Boyd (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011).*
21.1	Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1	Consent of Smith Elliott Kearns & Company, LLC.
31.1	Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2	Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

78

32.1

Certification by Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101

The following materials from the Eagle Financial Service, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2011 formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL) : (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders” Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

* Management contracts and compensatory plans and arrangements.

(b) See Item 15(a)(3) above.

(c) See Item 15(a)(2) above.

79

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Eagle Financial Services, Inc.
By:	/s/ JOHN R. MILLESON
	John R. Milleson
	President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 23, 2012.

Signature	Title
/s/ JOHN R. MILLESON John R. Milleson	President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director (principal executive officer)
/s/ KATHLEEN J. CHAPPELL Kathleen J. Chappell	Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)
/s/ THOMAS T. GILPIN Thomas T. Gilpin	Chairman of the Board and Director
/s/ ROBERT W. SMALLEY, JR. Robert W. Smalley, Jr.	Vice Chairman of the Board and Director
/s/ THOMAS T. BYRD Thomas T. Byrd	Director
/s/ MARY BRUCE GLAIZE Mary Bruce Glaize	Director
/s/ DOUGLAS C. RINKER Douglas C. Rinker	Director
/s/ JOHN D. STOKELY, JR. John D. Stokely, Jr.	Director
/s/ JAMES T. VICKERS James T. Vickers	Director
/s/ RANDALL G. VINSON Randall G. Vinson	Director
/s/ JAMES R. WILKINS, JR James R. Wilkins, Jr.	Director

80

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.	Description
3.1	Articles of Incorporation of the Company, restated in electronic format only as of March 1, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 1, 2006).
3.2	Bylaws of the Company (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 33-43681).
10.1	Description of Executive Supplemental Income Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996).*
10.2	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of John R. Milleson (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).*
10.3	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of James W. McCarty, Jr. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).*
10.4	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Elizabeth M. Pendleton (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).*
10.5	Eagle Financial Services, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, Registration No. 333-118319).*
10.6	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of John E. Hudson (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).*
10.7	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Kaley P. Crosen (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).*
10.8	Employment Agreement of Dale L. Fritts (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).*
10.9	Offer Letter of Kathleen J. Chappell (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).*
10.10	Agreement, dated August 23, 2011, by and between Eagle Financial Services, Inc. and Robert C. Boyd (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011).*
10.11	Addendum to the Agreement, dated August 23, 2011, by and between Eagle Financial Services, Inc. and Robert C. Boyd (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011).*
21.1	Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1	Consent of Smith Elliott Kearns & Company, LLC.
31.1	Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2	Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1	Certification by Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101	The following materials from the Eagle Financial Service, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2011 formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL) : (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders” Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

* Management contracts and compensatory plans and arrangements.

81

EX-21.1

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

Bank of Clarke County is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Bank of Clarke County is a Virginia banking corporation, headquartered in Berryville, Virginia within the County of Clarke.

Eagle Financial Statutory Trust II (the “Trust”) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. This Trust was formed under the laws of the State of Delaware for the purpose of issuing redeemable capital securities.

EX-23.1

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the previously filed Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-118319) and Form S-3 (No. 333-131877 and No. 333-172264) pertaining to Eagle Financial Services, Inc. and our report dated March 23, 2012 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Eagle Financial Services, Inc. included in this Form 10-K of Eagle Financial Services, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2011.

/s/ SMITH ELLIOTT KEARNS & COMPANY, LLC

SMITH ELLIOTT KEARNS & COMPANY, LLC

Chambersburg, Pennsylvania

March 23, 2012

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, John R. Milleson, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Eagle Financial Services, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2011;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 23, 2012

/s/ JOHN R. MILLESON

John R. Milleson

President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Kathleen J. Chappell, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Eagle Financial Services, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2011;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 23, 2012

/s/ KATHLEEN J. CHAPPELL

Kathleen J. Chappell

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

STATEMENT OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the annual report on Form 10-K of Eagle Financial Services, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), the undersigned Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that, to our knowledge:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 23, 2012

/s/ JOHN R. MILLESON

John R. Milleson

President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ KATHLEEN J. CHAPPELL

Kathleen J. Chappell

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

XML

Dividend Investment Plan

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Dividend Investment Plan [Abstract]

Dividend Investment Plan

NOTE 18. Dividend Investment Plan

The Company has a Dividend Investment Plan, which allows participants' dividends to purchase additional shares of common stock at 95% of its fair market value on each dividend record date.

XML

Securities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Securities [Abstract]

Securities

NOTE 2. Securities

Amortized costs and fair values of securities available for sale at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

				Gross		Gross
		Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized			Fair
		Cost		Gains		(Losses)			Value
	December 31, 2011
	(in thousands)
Obligations of U.S. government
corporations and agencies	$	17,655	$	878	$	-		$	18,533
Mortgage-backed securities		33,420		1,143		(17	)		34,546
Obligations of states and
political subdivisions		43,640		2,159		(33	)		45,766
Corporate securities		12,421		707		(85	)		13,043
Equity securities		2,054		192		-			2,246
	$	109,190	$	5,079	$	(135	)	$	114,134
	December 31, 2010
	(in thousands)
Obligations of U.S. government
corporations and agencies	$	32,716	$	531	$	(97	)	$	33,150
Mortgage-backed securities		15,706		524		(73	)		16,157
Obligations of states and
political subdivisions		42,511		928		(531	)		42,908
Corporate securities		14,464		994		(57	)		15,401
Equity securities		2,054		124		-			2,178
	$	107,451	$	3,101	$	(758	)	$	109,794

Carrying amounts of restricted securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
	(in thousands)
Federal Reserve Bank Stock	$	344	$	344
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock		3,036		3,498
Community Bankers' Bank Stock		140		140
	$	3,520	$	3,982

The amortized cost and fair value of securities available for sale at December 31, 2011, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Maturities may differ from contractual maturities in mortgage-backed securities because the mortgages underlying the securities may be called or repaid without any penalties.

		Amortized		Fair
		Cost		Value
		(in thousands)
Due in one year or less	$	995	$	1,015
Due after one year through five years		31,385		32,767
Due after five years through ten years		36,037		38,020
Due after ten years		38,719		40,086
Equity securities		2,054		2,246
	$	109,190	$	114,134

During 2011, the Company sold $4,849,000 in available for sale securities for a net gain of $155,000. In 2010, the Company sold $2,853,000 in available for sale securities for a net gain of $98,000. During 2011, the Company also recorded an impairment charge of $87,500 on a corporate security. The remaining book value of this security at December 31, 2011 is $38,000.

The fair value and gross unrealized losses for securities available for sale, totaled by the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous gross unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	Less than 12 months				12 months or more				Total
			Gross				Gross				Gross
			Unrealized				Unrealized				Unrealized
		Fair Value	Losses			Fair Value	Losses			Fair Value	Losses
	December 31, 2011
	(in thousands)
Obligations of U.S. government
corporations and agencies	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-
Mortgage-backed securities		4,003		17		-		-		4,003		17
Obligations of states and
political subdivisions		282		2		294		31		576		33
Corporate securities		1,913		85		-		-		1,913		85
Equity securities		-		-		-		-		-		-
	$	6,198	$	104	$	294	$	31	$	6,492	$	135
	December 31, 2010
	(in thousands)
Obligations of U.S. government
corporations and agencies	$	6,916	$	97	$	-	$	-	$	6,916	$	97
Mortgage-backed securities		4,355		73		-		-		4,355		73
Obligations of states and
political subdivisions		11,464		481		320		50		11,784		531
Corporate securities		1,047		57		-		-		1,047		57
Equity securities		-		-		-		-		-		-
	$	23,782	$	708	$	320	$	50	$	24,102	$	758

Gross unrealized losses on available for sale securities included nine (9) and thirty-five (35) securities at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The Company evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. The Company's mortgage-backed securities are issued by U.S. government agencies, which guarantee payments to investors regardless of the status of the underlying mortgages. Consideration is given to the length of time and the amount of an unrealized loss, the financial condition of the issuer, and the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer long enough to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value. The fair value of a security reflects its liquidity as compared to similar instruments, current market rates on similar instruments, and the creditworthiness of the issuer. Absent any change in the liquidity of a security or the creditworthiness of the issuer, prices will decline as market rates rise and vice-versa. The primary cause of the unrealized losses on obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies, mortgage-backed securities, and obligations of states and political subdivisions at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was changes in market interest rates. Since these losses can be attributed to changes in market interest rates and not expected cash flows or an issuer's financial condition, the unrealized losses are deemed to be temporary. The Company's holdings of corporate securities and equity securities represent investments in larger financial institutions. The current economic crisis involving housing, liquidity and credit were the primary causes of the unrealized losses on these securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The Company monitors the financial condition of these issuers continuously and will record other-than-temporary impairment if the recovery of value is unlikely.

The Company's securities are exposed to various risks, such as interest rate, market, currency and credit risks. Due to the level of risk associated with certain securities and the level of uncertainty related to changes in the value of securities, it is at least reasonably possible that changes in risks in the near term would materially affect securities reported in the financial statements. In addition, recent economic uncertainty and market events have led to unprecedented volatility in currency, commodity, credit and equity markets culminating in failures of some banking and financial services firms and Government intervention to solidify others. These recent events underscore the level of investment risk associated with the current economic environment, and accordingly the level of risk in the Company's securities.

Securities having a carrying value of $20,117,000 at December 31, 2011 were pledged to secure public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and for other purposes required by law.

XML

Fair Value Measurements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Fair Value Measurements [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurements

NOTE 22. Fair Value Measurements

GAAP requires the Company to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. The fair value of certain assets and liabilities is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants.

"Fair Value Measurements" defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurement and enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

• Level 1 Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

• Level 2 Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

• Level 3 Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The following sections provide a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy:

Securities Available for Sale: Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities would include highly liquid government bonds, mortgage products and exchange traded equities. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flow. Level 2 securities would include U.S. agency securities, mortgage-backed agency securities, obligations of states and political subdivisions and certain corporate, asset backed and other securities. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

Interest Rate Swap: The fair value is estimated by a third party using inputs that are observable or that can be corroborated by observable market data, and therefore, is classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

The following table presents balances of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

			Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011 Using
				Quoted Prices
				in Active		Significant
				Markets for		Other		Significant
		Balance as of		Identical		Observable		Unobservable
		December 31,		Assets		Inputs		Inputs
		2011		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(in thousands)
Assets:
Securities available for sale
Obligations of U.S. government
corporations and agencies	$	18,533	$	-	$	18,533	$	-
Mortgage-backed securities		34,546		-		34,546		-
Obligations of states and
political subdivisions		45,766		-		45,766		-
Corporate securities		13,043		-		13,043		-
Equity securities:
Bank preferred stock		2,246		2,246		-		-
Total assets at fair value	$	114,134	$	2,246	$	111,888	$	-
Liabilities:
Interest rate swap		580		-		580		-
Total liabilities at fair value	$	580	$	-	$	580	$	-
			Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 Using
				Quoted Prices
				in Active		Significant
				Markets for		Other		Significant
		Balance as of		Identical		Observable		Unobservable
		December 31,		Assets		Inputs		Inputs
		2010		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(in thousands)
Assets:
Securities available for sale
Obligations of U.S. government
corporations and agencies	$	33,150	$	-	$	33,150	$	-
Mortgage-backed securities		16,157		-		16,157		-
Obligations of states and
political subdivisions		42,908		-		42,908		-
Corporate securities		15,401		-		15,401		-
Equity securities:
Bank preferred stock		2,178		2,178		-		-
Total assets at fair value	$	109,794	$	2,178	$	107,616	$	-
Liabilities:
Interest rate swap		169		-		169		-
Total liabilities at fair value	$	169	$	-	$	169	$	-

Certain financial assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. Adjustments to the fair value of these assets usually result from the application of lower of cost or market accounting or write downs of individual assets.

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure certain financial and nonfinancial assets recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the financial statements:

Impaired Loans: Loans are designated as impaired when, in the judgment of management based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement will not be collected. The measurement of loss associated with impaired loans can be based on either the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral. Fair value is measured based on the value of the collateral securing the loans. Collateral may be in the form of real estate or business assets including equipment, inventory, and accounts receivable. The vast majority of the collateral is real estate. Level 2 impaired loan value is determined by utilizing an income or market valuation approach based on an appraisal conducted by an independent, licensed appraiser outside of the Company using observable market data. If the collateral is a house or building in the process of construction or if an appraisal of the real estate property is over two years old, then the fair value is considered Level 3. The value of business equipment is based upon an outside appraisal if deemed significant, or the net book value on the applicable business' financial statements if not considered significant using observable market data. Level 3 impaired loan values are determined using inventory and accounts receivables collateral and are based on financial statement balances or aging reports. Impaired loans for which an allocation is made to the Allowance for Loan Losses are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Any fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred as provision for loan losses on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Other Real Estate Owned: Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at the lesser of the fair value of the property, less selling costs or the loan balance outstanding at the date of foreclosure. Any write-downs based on the asset's fair value at the date of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan losses. After foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and property held for sale is carried at the lower of the new cost basis or fair value less cost to sell. Impairment losses on property to be held and used are measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a property exceeds its fair value. Costs of significant property improvements are capitalized, whereas costs relating to holding property are expensed. The portion of interest costs relating to development of real estate is capitalized. Valuations are periodically performed by management, and any subsequent write-downs are recorded as a charge to operations, if necessary, to reduce the carrying value of a property to the lower of its cost or fair value less cost to sell. We believe that the fair value component in its valuation follows the provisions of GAAP.

The following table summarizes the Company's financial and nonfinancial assets that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the period:

				Carrying value at December 31, 2011
				Quoted Prices
				in Active		Significant
				Markets for		Other		Significant
		Balance as of		Identical		Observable	Unobservable
		December 31,		Assets		Inputs		Inputs
		2011		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(in thousands)
Financial Assets:
Impaired loans	$	6,804	$	-	$	-	$	6,804
Nonfinancial Assets:
Other real estate owned		2,378		-		-		2,378
				Carrying value at December 31, 2010
				Quoted Prices
				in Active		Significant
				Markets for		Other		Significant
		Balance as of		Identical		Observable	Unobservable
		December 31,		Assets		Inputs		Inputs
		2010		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(in thousands)
Financial Assets:
Impaired loans	$	5,673	$	-	$	-	$	5,673
Nonfinancial Assets:
Other real estate owned		1,783		-		-		1,783

The fair value of a financial instrument is the current amount that would be exchanged between willing parties, other than in a forced liquidation. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Company's various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument. The aggregate fair value amounts presented may not necessarily represent the underlying fair value of the Company. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of the Company's financial instruments:

Cash and short-term investments/restricted investments/accrued interest: The fair value was equal to the carrying amount.

Securities: The fair value, excluding restricted securities, was based on quoted market prices. The fair value of restricted securities approximated the carrying amount based on the redemption provisions of the issuers.

Loans: The fair value of variable rate loans, which reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, was equal to the carrying amount. The fair value of all other loans was determined using discounted cash flow analysis. The discount rate was equal to the current interest rate on similar products.

Deposits and borrowings: The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts, and certain money market deposits was equal to the carrying amount. The fair value of all other deposits and borrowings was determined using discounted cash flow analysis. The discount rate was equal to the current interest rate on similar products.

Off-balance-sheet financial instruments: The fair value of commitments to extend credit was estimated using the fees currently charged to enter similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the credit worthiness of the counterparties. The fair value of fixed rate loan commitments also considered the difference between current interest rates and the committed interest rates. The fair value of standby letters of credit was estimated using the fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties.

The carrying amount and fair value of the Company's financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	December 31, 2011				December 31, 2010
		Carrying		Fair		Carrying		Fair
		Amount		Value		Amount		Value
		(in thousands)				(in thousands)
Financial assets:
Cash and short-term investments	$	21,941	$	21,941	$	13,970	$	13,970
Securities		114,134		114,134		109,794		109,794
Restricted Investments		3,520		3,520		3,982		3,982
Loans, net		401,681		418,230		401,338		416,669
Accrued interest receivable		2,037		2,037		2,179		2,179
Financial liabilities:
Deposits	$	448,465	$	449,990	$	429,296	$	430,627
Federal funds purchased and securities
sold under agreements to repurchase		10,000		10,350		14,395		14,950
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		42,250		44,833		52,250		54,853
Trust preferred capital notes		7,217		7,217		7,217		7,217
Accrued interest payable		336		336		417		417
Interest rate swap contract		580		580		169		169

The Company assumes interest rate risk (the risk that general interest rate levels will change) during its normal operations. As a result, the fair value of the Company's financial instruments will change when interest rate levels change and that change may be either favorable or unfavorable to the Company. Management attempts to match maturities of assets and liabilities in order to minimize interest rate risk. However, borrowers with fixed rate obligations are less likely to prepay their principal balance in a rising rate environment and more likely to do so in a falling rate environment. Conversely, depositors who are receiving fixed rate interest payments are more likely to withdraw funds before maturity in a rising rate environment and less likely to do so in a falling rate environment. Management monitors rates and maturities of assets and liabilities and attempts to minimize interest rate risk by adjusting the terms of new loans and deposits and by investing in securities with terms that mitigate the Company's overall interest rate risk.

XML

Quarterly Condensed Statements Of Income

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Quarterly Condensed Statements Of Income [Abstract]

Quarterly Condensed Statements Of Income

NOTE 21. Quarterly Condensed Statements of Income - Unaudited

The Company's quarterly net income, net income per common share and dividends per common share during 2011 and 2010 are summarized as follows:

	2011 Quarter Ended
	March 31		June 30		September 30			December 31
				(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Total interest and dividend income	$	6,839	$	6,864	$	6,920		$	6,948
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		4,672		4,706		4,682			4,956
Noninterest income		1,405		1,542		1,394			1,244
Noninterest expenses		4,504		4,444		4,567			5,393
Income before income taxes		1,573		1,804		1,509			807
Net income		1,167		1,323		1,139			693
Net income per common share, basic		0.36		0.40		0.34			0.21
Net income per common share, diluted		0.36		0.40		0.34			0.21
Dividends per common share		0.18		0.18		0.18			0.18
	2010 Quarter Ended
	March 31		June 30		September 30			December 31
				(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Total interest and dividend income	$	6,844	$	6,934	$	6,950		$	7,061
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		4,879		4,785		2,721			3,549
Noninterest income		1,364		1,383		1,475			1,277
Noninterest expenses		4,058		4,105		4,290			4,356
Income before income taxes		2,185		2,063		(94	)		470
Net income		1,578		1,485		81			461
Net income per common share, basic		0.49		0.46		0.02			0.14
Net income per common share, diluted		0.49		0.46		0.02			0.14
Dividends per common share		0.17		0.17		0.17			0.18

XML

Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events

NOTE 23. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated events and transactions subsequent to December 31, 2011 but before the financial statements are issued. Based on definitions and requirements of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles for "Subsequent Events", the Company has not identified any subsequent events that require adjustment to, or disclosure in, the financial statements.

XML

Condensed Financial Information - Parent Company Only

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Condensed Financial Information - Parent Company Only [Abstract]

Condensed Financial Information - Parent Company Only

NOTE 24. Condensed Financial Information – Parent Company Only

EAGLE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. (Parent Company Only) Balance Sheets December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in thousands)

	2011		2010
Assets
Cash held in subsidiary bank	$	313	$	164
Due from banks		503		502
Securities available for sale		5,165		5,793
Investment in subsidiaries, at cost, plus undistributed net income		59,157		54,251
Investment in limited partnership		-		-
Other assets		777		536
Total assets	$	65,915	$	61,246
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Trust preferred capital notes	$	7,217	$	7,217
Other liabilities		608		200
Total liabilities	$	7,825	$	7,417
Shareholders' Equity
Preferred stock	$	-	$	-
Common stock		8,217		8,124
Surplus		9,568		9,076
Retained earnings		37,374		35,419
Accumulated other comprehensive income		2,931		1,210
Total shareholders' equity	$	58,090	$	53,829
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$	65,915	$	61,246

     EAGLE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. (Parent Company Only) Statements of Income Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 (dollars in thousands)

		2011			2010			2009
Income
Dividends from subsidiary bank	$	1,600		$	1,500		$	1,200
Interest and dividends on securities available for sale		313			368			384
(Loss) on equity investments		-			-			-
Other income (loss)		(108	)		16			(40	)
Total income	$	1,805		$	1,884		$	1,544
Expenses
Interest expense on borrowings	$	317		$	316		$	319
Other operating expenses		179			112			115
Total expenses	$	496		$	428		$	434
Income before income tax (benefit) and equity
in undistributed net income of subsidiary bank	$	1,309		$	1,456		$	1,110
Income Tax (Benefit)		(122	)		(41	)		(52	)
Income before equity in undistributed
net income of subsidiary bank	$	1,431		$	1,497		$	1,162
Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiary Bank		2,891			2,108			2,279
Net income	$	4,322		$	3,605		$	3,441

     EAGLE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. (Parent Company Only) Statements of Cash Flows Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 (dollars in thousands)

		2011			2010			2009
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net Income	$	4,322		$	3,605		$	3,441
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
cash provided by operating activities
(Loss) on securities		96			-			-
Stock-based compensation expense		166			116			165
(Discount accretion) premium amortization on securities		(2	)		(1	)		1
Undistributed earnings of subsidiary bank		(2,891	)		(2,108	)		(2,279	)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
(Increase) in other assets		(91	)		(24	)		(7	)
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities		(4	)		3			1
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	1,596		$	1,591		$	1,322
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale	$	500		$	406		$	-
Net cash provided by investing activities	$	500		$	406		$	-
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Cash dividends paid	$	(1,764	)	$	(1,645	)	$	(1,587	)
Issuance of common stock, employee benefit plan		89			-			76
Retirement of common stock		(271	)		-			-
Net cash (used in) financing activities	$	(1,946	)	$	(1,645	)	$	(1,511	)
Increase (decrease) in cash	$	150		$	352		$	(189	)
Cash
Beginning	$	666		$	314		$	503
Ending	$	816		$	666		$	314

XML

Nature Of Banking Activities And Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Nature Of Banking Activities And Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Nature Of Banking Activities And Significant Accounting Policies

NOTE 1. Nature of Banking Activities and Significant Accounting Policies

Eagle Financial Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the "Company" or "Corporation") grant commercial, financial, agricultural, residential and consumer loans to customers in Virginia and the Eastern Panhandle of West Virginia. The loan portfolio is well diversified and generally is collateralized by assets of the customers. The loans are expected to be repaid from cash flows or proceeds from the sale of selected assets of the borrowers.

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and to accepted practices within the banking industry.

Principles of Consolidation

The Company owns 100% of Bank of Clarke County (the "Bank") and Eagle Financial Statutory Trust II. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions between the Company and the Bank have been eliminated. Eagle Financial Statutory Trust II is accounted for under the provisions of GAAP. The subordinated debt of Eagle Financial Statutory Trust II is reflected as a liability of the Company.

Trust Assets

Securities and other property held by the Eagle Investment Group in a fiduciary or agency capacity are not assets of the Company and are not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, federal funds sold, and interest bearing deposits. Generally, federal funds are purchased and sold for one-day periods.

Securities

Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as "held to maturity" and recorded at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held to maturity, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, are classified as "available for sale" and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income.

Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Declines in the fair value of held to maturity and available for sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be "other than temporary" are reflected in earnings as realized losses. In estimating "other than temporary" impairment losses, management considers (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery of fair value. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.

The Bank is required to maintain an investment in the capital stock of certain correspondent banks. No readily available market exists for this stock and it has no quoted market value. The investment in these securities is recorded at cost and they are reported on the Company's consolidated balance sheet as restricted investments.

Loans

The Company grants mortgage, commercial and consumer loans to customers. A substantial portion of the loan portfolio is represented by mortgage loans throughout the Counties of Clarke and Frederick, Virginia and the City of Winchester, Virginia. The ability of the Company's debtors to honor their contracts is dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions in this area.

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for the allowance for loan losses. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination and commitment fees and direct loan costs are being recognized as collected and incurred. The use of this method of recognition does not produce results that are materially different from results which would have been produced if such costs and fees were deferred and amortized as an adjustment of the loan yield over the life of the related loan.

The accrual of interest on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the credit is well-secured and in process of collection. Credit card loans and other personal loans are typically charged off no later than 180 days past due. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal and interest is considered doubtful.

All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual or charged off is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Risks by Loan Portfolio Segments

One-to-Four-Family Residential Real Estate Lending

Residential mortgage loans generally are made on the basis of the borrower's ability to make repayment from employment and other income and are secured by real estate whose value tends to be readily ascertainable. As part of the application process, information is gathered concerning income, employment and credit history of the applicant. The valuation of residential collateral is provided by independent fee appraisers who have been approved by the Bank's Directors Loan Committee.

Commercial Real Estate Lending

Commercial real estate lending entails significant additional risk as compared with residential mortgage lending. Commercial real estate loans typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Additionally, the repayment of loans secured by income producing properties is typically dependent on the successful operation of a business or a real estate project and thus may be subject, to a greater extent, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy, in general.

Construction and Land Development Lending

There are two characteristics of construction lending which impact its overall risk as compared to residential mortgage lending. First, there is more concentration risk due to the extension of a large loan balance through several lines of credit to a single developer or contractor. Second, there is more collateral risk due to the fact that loan funds are provided to the borrower based upon the estimated value of the collateral after completion. This could cause an inaccurate estimate of the amount needed to complete construction or an excessive loan-to-value ratio. To mitigate the risks associated with construction lending, the Bank generally limits loan amounts to 80% of the estimated appraised value of the finished home.

Commercial and Industrial Lending

Commercial business loans generally have more risk than residential mortgage loans, but have higher yields. To manage these risks, the Bank generally obtains appropriate collateral and personal guarantees from the borrower's principal owners and monitors the financial condition of the borrower. Commercial business loans typically are made on the basis of the borrower's ability to make repayment from cash flow from its business and are secured by business assets, such as commercial real estate, accounts receivable, equipment and inventory. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans is substantially dependent on the success of the business itself. Furthermore, the collateral for commercial business loans may depreciate over time and generally cannot be appraised with as much precision as residential real estate.

Consumer Lending

Consumer loans generally entail greater risk than residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans which are unsecured or secured by rapidly depreciable assets such as automobiles. In such cases, any repossessed collateral on a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance as a result of the greater likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management's periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

The allowance consists of specific, general and unallocated components. The specific component relates to loans that are classified using an internal loan grading system. For loans that are also classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers non-classified loans and is based on historical loss experience and other qualitative factors. An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management's estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower's prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, the loan's obtainable market price, or the fair market value less estimated liquidation costs of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Company does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are the subject of a restructuring agreement.

Bank Premises and Equipment

Land is carried at cost. Buildings and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives range from 10 to 39 years for buildings and 3 to 10 years for furniture and equipment.

Other Real Estate Owned

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at the lesser of the fair value of the property, less selling costs or the loan balance outstanding at the date of foreclosure. Any write-downs based on the asset's fair value at the date of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan losses. After foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and property held for sale is carried at the lower of the new cost basis or fair value less cost to sell. Impairment losses on property to be held and used are measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a property exceeds its fair value. Costs of significant property improvements are capitalized, whereas costs relating to holding property are expensed. The portion of interest costs relating to development of real estate is capitalized. Valuations are periodically performed by management, and any subsequent write-downs are recorded as a charge to operations, if necessary, to reduce the carrying value of a property to the lower of its cost or fair value less cost to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in net expenses from foreclosed assets.

Core Deposit Intangible Assets

Acquired intangible assets, such as the value of purchased core deposits, are amortized over the periods benefited, not exceeding fifteen years. The book value of the Company's core deposit intangible asset, resulting from a branch acquisition, was fully amortized at December 31, 2010.

Retirement Plans

The Company had a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan that covers eligible employees. Effective December 31, 2006, the pension plan was amended so that no further benefits would accrue under the plan and no additional employees could become participants. The plan was terminated during 2011 after receiving final approval. Refer to Note 10 for a description of the termination of the Company's pension plan. The Company also sponsors a 401(k) savings plan under which eligible employees may defer a portion of their compensation on a pretax basis. The Company also provides a match to participants in this plan, as described more fully in Note 12.

Stock-Based Compensation Plan

During 2003, the Company's shareholders approved a stock incentive plan which allows key employees and directors to increase their personal financial interest in the Company. This plan permits the issuance of incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options and the award of stock appreciation rights, common stock, restricted stock, and phantom stock. The plan, as adopted, authorized the issuance of up to 300,000 shares of common stock. This plan is discussed more fully in Note 11.

Income Taxes

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax bases of the various assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws.

When tax returns are filed, it is likely that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, the Company believes it is "more likely than not" that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the "more likely than not" recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than fifty percent (50%) likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the applicable taxing authority upon examination. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits are classified as additional income taxes in the statement of income. The Company has no uncertain tax positions.

Advertising

The Company follows the policy of charging the costs of advertising to expense as incurred.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2010 financial statements to conform to reporting for 2011.

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per share represents income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance. The number of potential common shares is determined using the treasury method and relates to outstanding stock options and nonvested restricted stock grants.

The following table shows the weighted average number of shares used in computing earnings per share and the effect on the weighted average number of shares of dilutive potential common stock. Potential dilutive common stock had no effect on income available to common shareholders.

	2011	2010	2009
Average number of common shares outstanding	3,292,290	3,243,292	3,177,244
Effect of dilutive common stock	7,708	7,576	7,290
Average number of common shares outstanding
used to calculate diluted earnings per share	3,299,998	3,250,868	3,184,534

Comprehensive Income

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Certain changes in assets and liabilities, net of income taxes, are reported within the balance sheet as a separate component of shareholders' equity. These changes, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income and are reported in the statement of shareholders' equity. In addition to net income, the Company's other comprehensive income includes changes in the benefit obligations and plan assets for defined benefit and postretirement benefit plans, unrealized gains or losses on interest rate swaps, and unrealized gains or losses on available for sale securities.

The components of the change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities during 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

		2011			2010			2009
Gross unrealized gain	$	2,669		$	274		$	2,495
Reclassification adjustment for realized (gain) loss		(67	)		(98	)		419
Net unrealized gain (loss) before taxes		2,602			176			2,914
Tax effect		(885	)		(60	)		(991	)
	$	1,717		$	116		$	1,923

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of deferred taxes, during 2011, 2010, and 2009 were as follows:

Change in

		Unrealized		Market			Defined			Post
		Gain		Value			Benefit			Retirement
		(Loss) on		of Interest			Pension			Benefit
		Securities		Rate Swap			Plan			Plan			Total
Balance, December 31, 2009	$	1,429	$	162		$	(559	)	$	60		$	1,902
2010 Change		116		(273	)		272			3			118
Balance, December 31, 2010		1,545		(111	)		(287	)		63			1,210
2011 Change		1,717		(271	)		287			(12	)		1,721
Balance, December 31, 2011	$	3,262	$	(382	)	$	-		$	51		$	2,931

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company follows GAAP to account for derivative and hedging activities. Accordingly, a derivative is recognized in the balance sheet at its fair value. The fair value of a derivative is determined by quoted market prices and mathematical models using current and historical data. If certain hedging criteria are met, including testing for hedge effectiveness, special hedge accounting may be applied. The Company assesses each hedge, both at inception and on an ongoing basis, to determine whether the derivative used in a hedging transaction is effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item and whether the derivative is expected to remain effective during subsequent periods. The Company discontinues hedge accounting when (a) it determines that a derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of a hedged item; (b) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; (c) probability exists that the forecasted transaction will no longer occur or (d) management determines that designating the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate. When hedge accounting is discontinued and a derivative remains outstanding, the Company recognizes the derivative in the balance sheet at its fair value and changes in the fair value are recognized in net income.

At inception, the Company designates a derivative as (a) a fair value hedge of recognized assets or liabilities or of unrecognized firm commitments (fair-value hedge) or (b) a hedge of forecasted transactions or variable cash flows to be received or paid in conjunction with recognized assets or liabilities (cash-flow hedge). For a derivative treated as a fair-value hedge, a change in fair value is recorded as an adjustment to the hedged item and recognized in net income. For a derivative treated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of a change in fair value is recorded as an adjustment to the hedged item and recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders' equity. For a derivative treated as a cash flow hedge, the ineffective portion of a change in fair value is recorded as an adjustment to the hedged item and recognized in net income. For more information on derivative financial instruments see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of deferred tax assets.

Stock Repurchase Program

On September 19, 2011, the Corporation announced a Stock Repurchase Program to repurchase up to 150,000 shares of its common stock prior to June 30, 2012. During 2011, the Company purchased 15,663 shares of its Common Stock under its stock repurchase program at an average price of $17.28. The maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the plan as of December 31, 2011 are 134,337.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2010-06, "Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements." ASU 2010-06 amends Subtopic 820-10 to clarify existing disclosures, require new disclosures, and includes conforming amendments to guidance on employers' disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets. ASU 2010-06 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, "Receivables (Topic 310) – Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses." The new disclosure guidance significantly expands the existing requirements and will lead to greater transparency into a company's exposure to credit losses from lending arrangements. The extensive new disclosures of information as of the end of a reporting period became effective for both interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. Specific disclosures regarding activity that occurred before the issuance of the ASU, such as the allowance roll forward and modification disclosures, will be required for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The Company has included the required disclosures in its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, "Intangible – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) – When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts." The amendments in this ASU modify Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010. Early adoption is not permitted. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, "Business Combinations (Topic 805) – Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations." The guidance requires pro forma disclosure for business combinations that occurred in the current reporting period as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the year had been as of the beginning of the annual reporting period. If comparative financial statements are presented, the pro forma information should be reported as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the current year had been as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period. ASU 2010-29 is effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

The Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) issued Final Rule No. 33-9002, "Interactive Data to Improve Financial Reporting." The rule requires companies to submit financial statements in extensible business reporting language (XBRL) format with their SEC filings on a phased-in schedule. Large accelerated filers and foreign large accelerated filers using U.S. GAAP were required to provide interactive data reports starting with their first quarterly report for fiscal periods ending on or after June 15, 2010. All remaining filers are required to provide interactive data reports starting with their first quarterly report for fiscal periods ending on or after June 15, 2011. The Company complied with this Rule beginning with the filing of the June 30, 2011 Form 10-Q.

In March 2011, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) 114. This SAB revises or rescinds portions of the interpretive guidance included in the codification of the Staff Accounting Bulletin Series. This update is intended to make the relevant interpretive guidance consistent with current authoritative accounting guidance issued as a part of the FASB's Codification. The principal changes involve revision or removal of accounting guidance references and other conforming changes to ensure consistency of referencing through the SAB Series. The effective date for SAB 114 was March 28, 2011. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In January 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-01, "Receivables (Topic 310) – Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings." The amendments in this ASU temporarily delayed the effective date of the disclosures about troubled debt restructurings in Update 2010-20 for public entities. The delay was intended to allow the Board time to complete its deliberations on what constitutes a troubled debt restructuring. The effective date of the new disclosures about troubled debt restructurings for public entities and the guidance for determining what constitutes a troubled debt restructuring was effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2011. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-02, "Receivables (Topic 310) – A Creditor's Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring." The amendments in this ASU clarify the guidance on a creditor's evaluation of whether it has granted a concession to a debtor. They also clarify the guidance on a creditor's evaluation of whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulty. The amendments in this ASU are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. Retrospective application to the beginning of the annual period of adoption for modifications occurring on or after the beginning of the annual adoption period is required. As a result of applying these amendments, an entity may identify receivables that are newly considered to be impaired. For purposes of measuring impairment of those receivables, an entity should apply the amendments prospectively for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011. The Company has adopted ASU 2011-02 and included the required disclosures in its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-03, "Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860) – Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements." The amendments in this ASU remove from the assessment of effective control (1) the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee and (2) the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion. The amendments in this ASU are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The guidance should be applied prospectively to transactions or modifications of existing transactions that occur on or after the effective date. Early adoption is not permitted. The adoption of the new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, "Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) – Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs." This ASU is the result of joint efforts by the FASB and IASB to develop a single, converged fair value framework on how (not when) to measure fair value and what disclosures to provide about fair value measurements. The ASU is largely consistent with existing fair value measurement principles in U.S. GAAP (Topic 820), with many of the amendments made to eliminate unnecessary wording differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. The amendments are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 with prospective application. Early application is not permitted. The adoption of the new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, "Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) – Presentation of Comprehensive Income." The objective of this ASU is to improve the comparability, consistency and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income by eliminating the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders' equity. The amendments require that all non-owner changes in stockholders' equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The single statement of comprehensive income should include the components of net income, a total for net income, the components of other comprehensive income, a total for other comprehensive income, and a total for comprehensive income. In the two-statement approach, the first statement should present total net income and its components followed consecutively by a second statement that should present all the components of other comprehensive income, a total for other comprehensive income, and a total for comprehensive income. The amendments do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income, the option for an entity to present components of other comprehensive income either net of related tax effects or before related tax effects, or the calculation or reporting of earnings per share. The amendments in this ASU should be applied retrospectively. The amendments are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted because compliance with the amendments is already permitted. The amendments do not require transition disclosures. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2011-05 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2011, the SEC issued Final Rule No. 33-9250, "Technical Amendments to Commission Rules and Forms related to the FASB's Accounting Standards Codification." The SEC has adopted technical amendments to various rules and forms under the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Investment Company Act of 1940. These revisions were necessary to conform those rules and forms to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The technical amendments include revision of certain rules in Regulation S-X, certain items in Regulation S-K, and various rules and forms prescribed under the Securities Act, Exchange Act and Investment Company Act. The Release was effective as of August 12, 2011. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, "Intangible – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) – Testing Goodwill for Impairment." The amendments in this ASU permit an entity to first assess qualitative factors related to goodwill to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill test described in Topic 350. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. Under the amendments in this ASU, an entity is not required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted, including for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed as of a date before September 15, 2011, if an entity's financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued. The adoption of the new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, "Balance Sheet (Topic 210) – Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities." This ASU requires entities to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the balance sheet, and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. An entity is required to apply the amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. An entity should provide the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2011-11 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, "Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) – Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05." The amendments are being made to allow the Board time to redeliberate whether to present on the face of the financial statements the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income for all periods presented. While the Board is considering the operational concerns about the presentation requirements for reclassification adjustments and the needs of financial statement users for additional information about reclassification adjustments, entities should continue to report reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income consistent with the presentation requirements in effect before Update 2011-05. All other requirements in Update 2011-05 are not affected by this Update, including the requirement to report comprehensive income either in a single continuous financial statement or in two separate but consecutive financial statements. Public entities should apply these requirements for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Nonpublic entities should begin applying these requirements for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2012, and interim and annual periods thereafter. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2011-12 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$ 7,610	$ 6,884
Interest-bearing deposits with other institutions	14,331	7,086
Total cash and cash equivalents	21,941	13,970
Securities available for sale, at fair value	114,134	109,794
Restricted investments	3,520	3,982
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $8,743 in 2011 and $7,111 in 2010	401,681	401,338
Bank premises and equipment, net	15,200	15,712
Other real estate owned	2,378	1,783
Other assets	9,168	12,261
Total assets	568,022	558,840
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Noninterest bearing demand deposits	107,237	98,256
Savings and interest bearing demand deposits	210,158	184,548
Time deposits	131,070	146,492
Total deposits	448,465	429,296
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase	10,000	14,395
Federal Home Loan Bank advances	42,250	52,250
Trust preferred capital notes	7,217	7,217
Other liabilities	2,000	1,853
Total liabilities	509,932	505,011
Shareholders' Equity
Preferred stock, $10 par value; 500,000 shares authorized and unissued
Common stock, $2.50 par value; authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued 2011, 3,286,992; issued 2010, 3,249,477	8,217	8,124
Surplus	9,568	9,076
Retained earnings	37,374	35,419
Accumulated other comprehensive income	2,931	1,210
Total shareholders' equity	58,090	53,829
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$ 568,022	$ 558,840

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Changes In Shareholders' Equity (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Consolidated Statements Of Changes In Shareholders' Equity [Abstract]
Changes in benefit obligations and plan assets for defined benefit and post retirement benefit plans, deferred income taxes	$ 146	$ 141	$ 253
Change in market value of interest rate swap, deferred income taxes	(140)	(140)	160
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities, deferred income taxes	$ 885	$ 60	$ 991
Issuance of restricted stock, stock incentive plan, shares	9,291	11,936	3,509
Issuance of common stock, dividend investment plan, shares	38,703	37,905	36,559
Issuance of common stock, employee benefit plan, shares	5,184		4,530
Retirement of common stock, shares	15,663
Dividends declared, per share	$ 0.72	$ 0.69	$ 0.68

XML

Transactions With Directors And Officers

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Transactions With Directors And Officers [Abstract]

Transactions With Directors And Officers

NOTE 15. Transactions with Directors and Officers

The Bank grants loans to and accepts deposits from its directors, principal officers and related parties of such persons during the ordinary course of business. The aggregate balance of loans to directors, principal officers and their related parties was $11,210,000 and $10,281,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These balances reflect total principal additions of $5,097,000 and total principal payments of $4,168,000 during 2011. The aggregate balance of deposits from directors, principal officers and their related parties was $10,010,000 and $7,436,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

XML

Restrictions On Dividends, Loans And Advances

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Restrictions On Dividends, Loans And Advances [Abstract]

Restrictions On Dividends, Loans And Advances

NOTE 17. Restrictions On Dividends, Loans and Advances

Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid and loans or advances made by the Bank to the Company. The total amount of dividends which may be paid at any date is generally limited to the lesser of the Bank's retained earnings or the three preceding years' undistributed net income of the Bank. Loans or advances are limited to 10% of the Bank's capital stock and surplus on a secured basis. In addition, dividends paid by the Bank to the Company would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause the Bank's capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements.

At December 31, 2011, the Bank's retained earnings available for the payment of dividends to the Company was $7,278,000. Accordingly, $51,879,000 of the Company's equity in the net assets of the Bank was restricted at December 31, 2011. Funds available for loans or advances by the Bank to the Company amounted to $1,146,000 at December 31, 2011.

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net income	$ 4,322	$ 3,605	$ 3,441
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation	843	779	778
Amortization of intangible and other assets	91	136	165
(Gain) loss on securities	(67)	(98)	419
Provision for loan losses	3,750	6,325	4,350
(Gain) loss on the sale of bank premises and equipment	(76)	83
Loss on the sale of other real estate owned	361	338	26
Stock-based compensation expense	166	116	165
Premium amortization (discount accretion) on securities, net	111	26	(26)
Deferred tax benefit	(317)	(362)	(652)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Decrease (increase) in other assets	2,568	(1,676)	(2,118)
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities	(13)	127	128
Net cash provided by operating activities	11,739	9,399	6,676
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Proceeds from maturities and principal payments of securities available for sale and restricted investments	40,166	34,592	27,530
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale	4,849	2,853	1,959
Purchases of securities available for sale	(46,798)	(50,180)	(29,302)
Proceeds from the sale of restricted investments	461	417	174
Purchases of restricted investments			(124)
Proceeds from the sale of equipment	661	43	93
Purchases of bank premises and equipment	(964)	(1,843)	(310)
Proceeds from the sale of other real estate owned	3,167	2,035	1,281
Net (increase) in loans	(8,139)	(10,802)	(20,426)
Net cash (used in) investing activities	(6,597)	(22,885)	(19,125)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Net increase in demand deposit, money market and savings accounts	34,592	21,743	25,098
Net (decrease) increase in certificates of deposit	(15,422)	9,445	(13,517)
Net (decrease) increase in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase	(4,395)	380	(677)
Net (decrease) in Federal Home Loan Bank advances	(10,000)	(10,000)	(7,750)
Issuance of common stock, employee benefit plan	89		76
Retirement of common stock	(271)
Cash dividends paid	(1,764)	(1,645)	(1,587)
Net cash provided by financing activities	2,829	19,923	1,643
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	7,971	6,437	(10,806)
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Beginning	13,970	7,533	18,339
Ending	21,941	13,970	7,533
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information
Interest	4,885	5,618	6,896
Income taxes	1,100	3,550	1,295
Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities:
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale	2,602	176	2,914
Change in fair value of interest rate swap	(411)	(413)	472
Other real estate acquired in settlement of loans	4,045	1,235	3,546
Issuance of common stock, dividend investment plan	$ 604	$ 590	$ 583

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Consolidated Balance Sheets [Abstract]
Loans, allowance for loan losses	$ 8,743	$ 7,111
Preferred stock, par value	$ 10	$ 10
Preferred stock, shares authorized	500,000	500,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Common stock, par value	$ 2.50	$ 2.50
Common stock, shares authorized	10,000,000	10,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	3,286,992	3,249,477

XML

Pension And Postretirement Benefit Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Pension And Postretirement Benefit Plans [Abstract]

Pension And Postretirement Benefit Plans

NOTE 10. Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans

Effective December 31, 2006, the pension plan was amended and frozen so that no further benefits will accrue under the plan and no additional employees may become participants. The pension plan was terminated effective September 30, 2011 and after receiving final approval from the Internal Revenue Service, distributions in the form of lump-sum cash payments to plan participants, rollovers and purchasing annuity contracts were completed on December 19, 2011. The Company recognized a loss of $589,000 on the distribution of the plan's assets. The loss is included in salaries and employee benefits expense on the consolidated statements of income. An additional $141,000 in expense was incurred during 2011 for the purchase of employee retirement annuities. The expense is included in outside service fees on the consolidated statements of income.

The Company provides certain health care and life insurance benefits for six retired employees who have met certain eligibility requirements. All other employees retiring after reaching age 65 and having at least 15 years of service with the Company will be allowed to stay on the Company's group life and health insurance policies, but will be required to pay premiums. The Company's share of the estimated costs that will be paid after retirement is generally being accrued by charges to expense over the employees' active service periods to the dates they are fully eligible for benefits, except that the Company's unfunded cost that existed at January 1, 1993 is being accrued primarily in a straight-line manner that will result in its full accrual by December 31, 2013.

The following amounts that have not been recognized in the net periodic benefit cost of the postretirement benefit plan for the year ended December 31, 2011 and are included in other comprehensive income: unrecognized net actuarial gain of $50. The transition obligation included in other comprehensive income and expected to be recognized in the net periodic benefit cost of the postretirement benefit plan during 2012 is $0.

The following tables provide a reconciliation of the changes in the benefit obligations and fair value of assets for 2011, 2010, and 2009 and a statement of the funded status at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 for the pension and postretirement benefit plans of the Company. The Company uses a December 31st measurement date for its plans.

	Pension Plan								Postretirement Benefits Plan
		2011		2010			2009			2011			2010			2009
							(in thousands)
Change in Benefit Obligation:
Benefit obligation, beginning	$	3,684	$	3,801		$	3,859		$	144		$	154		$	254
Service cost		-		-			-			-			-			-
Interest cost		101		189			191			6			7			14
Actuarial loss (gain)		143		(246	)		95			6			(11	)		(105	)
Benefits paid		(4,069	)	(60	)		(344	)		(6	)		(6	)		(9	)
Settlement loss		141		-			-			-			-			-
Benefit obligation, ending	$	-	$	3,684		$	3,801		$	150		$	144		$	154
Change in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets, beginning	$	3,252	$	2,955		$	2,691		$	-		$	-		$	-
Actual return on plan assets		87		78			498			-			-			-
Employer contributions		730		279			110			6			6			9
Benefits paid		(4,069	)	(60	)		(344	)		(6	)		(6	)		(9	)
Fair value of plan assets, ending	$	-	$	3,252		$	2,955		$	-		$	-		$	-
	Pension Plan								Postretirement Benefits Plan
		2011		2010			2009			2011			2010			2009
							(in thousands)
Funded Status:
Funded status	$	-	$	(432	)	$	(846	)	$	(150	)	$	(144	)	$	(154	)
Unrecognized net actuarial loss		-		-			-			-			-			-
Unrecognized net transition obligation		-		-			-			-			-			-
Unrecognized prior service cost		-		-			-			-			-			-
Prepaid (accrued) benefits	$	-	$	(432	)	$	(846	)	$	(150	)	$	(144	)	$	(154	)
Amounts Recognized in Consolidated
Balance Sheets:
Prepaid benefit cost	$	-	$	-		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	-
Accrued benefit (liability)		-		(432	)		(846	)		(150	)		(144	)		(154	)
	$	-	$	(432	)	$	(846	)	$	(150	)	$	(144	)	$	(154	)
Amounts Recognized in Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income:
Net actuarial loss (gain)	$	-	$	434		$	846		$	(76	)	$	(93	)	$	(92	)
Net transition obligation		-		-			-			-			-			2
Deferred tax (benefit)/liability		-		(147	)		(288	)		26			30			31
	$	-	$	287		$	558		$	(50	)	$	(63	)	$	(59	)

The accumulated benefit obligation for the pension plan was distributed during 2011, and as a result, there was no accumulated benefit obligation at December 31, 2011. The accumulated benefit obligation for the pension plan was $3,684,000, and $3,801,000 at December 31, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Due to the amendment of the pension plan, the accumulated benefit obligation and projected benefit obligation are equivalent at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

The following tables provide the components of net periodic benefit cost of the pension plan and postretirement benefit plan for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	Pension Plan								Postretirement Benefits Plan
		2011		2010			2009			2011			2010			2009
							(in thousands)
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost:
Service cost	$	-	$	-		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	-
Interest cost		101		189			191			6			7			14
Expected return on plan assets		(83	)	(146	)		(132	)		-			-			-
Amortization of prior service costs		-		-			-			-			-			-
Amortization of transition obligation		-		-			-			-			2			3
Recognized net loss due to settlement		141		-			-			-			-			-
Amortization of net actuarial loss		572		235			365			(11	)		(9	)		-
Net periodic benefit cost	$	731	$	278		$	424		$	(5	)	$	-		$	17

The total recognized net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income for the pension plan was $(303,000), $(5,000), and $4,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The total recognized net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income for the postretirement benefits plan was $(6,000), $2,000, and $(54,000) during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

The benefit obligation for the pension plan was calculated using the following assumptions; weighted average discount rate of 6.10% for 2010 and 5.00% 2009. Due to the amendment of the pension plan, no rate of compensation increase was assumed for or 2010 and 2009.

The net periodic benefit cost for the pension plan was calculated using the following assumptions; weighted average discount rate of 6.10% for 2011 and 5.00% for 2010 and 2009, expected long-term return on plan assets of 5.00% for 2011, 2010, and 2009. Due to the amendment of the pension plan, no rate of compensation increase was assumed for 2011, 2010, and 2009.

The benefit obligation for the postretirement benefit plan was calculated using a weighted average discount rate of 4.25% for 2011, 5.00% for 2010, and 6.00% for 2009. For measurement purposes, a 10.00% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for 2012 and 2013, 8.00% for 2014 and 2015, and 6.00% for 2016 and thereafter. If these rates were increased by 1.00% in each year, the benefit obligation at December 31, 2011 would have increased by $6,000 and the net periodic benefit cost for 2011 would have increased by less than $500. If these rates were decreased by 1.00% in each year, the benefit obligation at December 31, 2011 would have decreased by $6,000 and the net periodic benefit cost for 2011 would have decreased by less than $500.

The following table provides the pension plan's asset allocation as of December 31, 2010:

	December 31, 2010
Equity securities	-
Debt securities	57	%
Other	43	%
Total	100	%

All plan assets were distributed to pension plan beneficiaries during 2011 and no future payments are expected.

Estimated future benefit payments at December 31, 2011, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, were as follows:

		Postretirement
		Benefits
		(in thousands)
2012	$	14
2013		14
2014		14
2015		14
2016		14
2017 - 2020		60

The pension financial instruments measured and reported at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following categories:

• Level 1 Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

• Level 2 Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

• Level 3 Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The following table presents balances of pension assets measured at fair value on December 31, 2010:

			Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 Using
				Quoted Prices
				in Active		Significant
				Markets for		Other		Significant
		Balance as of		Identical		Observable		Unobservable
		December 31,		Assets		Inputs		Inputs
		2010		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
				(in thousands)
Cash	$	1	$	1	$	-	$	-
Cash Equivalents		1,406		1,406		-		-
AA corporate bonds		131		-		131		-
Mutual Funds (a)		1,714		1,714		-		-
Total assets at fair value	$	3,252	$	3,121	$	131	$	-

(a)	100% o f mutual funds are inves ted in fixed inco me co rpo rate bo nd s ecurities .
(b)	70% o f mutual funds inves t in co mmo n s to ck o f large-cap co mpanies . 30% o f mutual funds inves t in co mmo n s to ck o f mid-cap co mpanies . 10% o f mutual funds inves t in co mmo n s to ck o f s mall-cap co mpanies .

XML

Document And Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Mar. 07, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Document And Entity Information [Abstract]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2011
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2011
Entity Registrant Name	EAGLE FINANCIAL SERVICES INC
Entity Central Index Key	0000880641
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Filer Category	Smaller Reporting Company
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		3,320,600
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Public Float			$ 48,680,951

XML

Stock-Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Stock-Based Compensation [Abstract]

Stock-Based Compensation

NOTE 11. Stock-Based Compensation

The exercise price of stock options granted under this plan, both incentive and non-qualified, cannot be less than the fair market value of the common stock on the date that the option is granted. The maximum term for an option granted under this plan is ten years and options granted may be subject to a vesting schedule. All of the non-qualified stock options granted under the plan had a ten year term and were subject to a vesting period. The following table summarizes options outstanding at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	2011					2010			2009
			Weighted				Weighted			Weighted
			Average		Aggregate		Average			Average
			Exercise		Intrinsic		Exercise			Exercise
	Shares		Price		Value	Shares	Price		Shares	Price
Outstanding, beginning of year	22,000	$	21.59			22,000	$	21.59	22,000	$	21.59
Granted	-		-			-		-	-		-
Exercised	-		-			-		-	-		-
Forfeited	-		-			-		-	-		-
Outstanding, end of year	22,000	$	21.59			22,000	$	21.59	22,000	$	21.59
Exercisable, end of year	22,000	$	21.59	$	-	22,000	$	21.59	22,000	$	21.59
Weighted average fair value of
options granted during the year		$	-				$	-		$	-

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table is equal to the amount that would have been received by the option holders had all options been exercised on December 31, 2011. It is derived from the amount by which the current market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option. This amount fluctuates in relation to the market value of the Company's stock.

The following table summarizes options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011:

		Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
			Weighted
			Average		Weighted			Weighted
	Range of		Remaining		Average			Average
	Exercise	Number	Contractual		Exercise	Number		Exercise
	Price	Outstanding	Life (in years)		Price	Exercisable		Price
$	21.63	11,000	1.75	$	21.63	11,000	$	21.63
	21.55	11,000	2.75		21.55	11,000		21.55
$	21.55 - 21.63	22,000	2.25	$	21.59	22,000	$	21.59

Restricted Stock provides grantees with rights to shares of common stock upon completion of a service period or achievement of Company performance measures. During the restriction period, all shares are considered outstanding and dividends are paid to the grantee. Outside directors are periodically granted restricted shares which vest over a period of less than six months. During 2011, executive officers were granted restricted shares which vest over a three year service period and restricted shares which vest based on meeting performance measures over a three year period. The following table presents the activity for Restricted Stock for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

	2011				2010				2009
			Weighted				Weighted				Weighted
			Average				Average				Average
			Grant Date				Grant Date				Grant Date
	Shares		Fair Value		Shares		Fair Value		Shares		Fair Value
Nonvested, beginning of year	12,772		$	16.89	13,335		$	20.00	11,492		$	26.16
Granted	12,300			16.76	12,900			16.14	11,700			16.06
Vested	(9,291	)		17.55	(7,936	)		19.51	(7,509	)		21.12
Forfeited	(2,081	)		18.38	(5,527	)		18.86	(2,348	)		26.94
Nonvested, end of year	13,700		$	16.11	12,772		$	16.89	13,335		$	20.00

The Company recognizes compensation expense over the restricted period. Compensation expense was $166,000, $116,000, and $166,000 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The total grant date fair value of Restricted Stock which vested was $163,000 and $155,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested Restricted Stock was $47,000 at December 31, 2011. This amount is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.1 years.

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Income (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Interest and Dividend Income
Interest and fees on loans	$ 23,029	$ 23,529	$ 23,001
Interest on federal funds sold		2	10
Interest and dividends on securities available for sale:
Taxable interest income	2,695	2,489	2,784
Interest income exempt from federal income taxes	1,397	1,302	1,194
Dividends	413	446	461
Interest on deposits in banks	37	21	3
Total interest and dividend income	27,571	27,789	27,453
Interest Expense
Interest on deposits	2,439	2,983	4,040
Interest on federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase	364	387	392
Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank advances	1,685	1,844	2,042
Interest on trust preferred capital notes	137	138	184
Interest on interest rate swap	180	178	135
Total interest expense	4,805	5,530	6,793
Net interest income	22,766	22,259	20,660
Provision For Loan Losses	3,750	6,325	4,350
Net interest income after provision for loan losses	19,016	15,934	16,310
Noninterest Income
Income from fiduciary activities	907	917	818
Service charges on deposit accounts	1,586	1,784	2,053
Other service charges and fees	3,190	2,993	2,148
Gain (loss) on the sale of bank premises and equipment	76	(83)
Loss on the sale of other real estate owned	(361)	(338)	(26)
Gain (loss) on securities	67	98	(419)
Other operating income	120	128	52
Total noninterest income	5,585	5,499	4,626
Noninterest Expenses
Salaries and employee benefits	10,609	9,263	9,262
Occupancy expenses	1,155	1,142	1,069
Equipment expenses	676	625	665
Advertising and marketing expenses	500	435	409
Stationery and supplies	292	246	311
ATM network fees	546	442	104
Other real estate owned expenses	159	19	366
FDIC assessment	712	852	801
Computer software expense	507	419	317
Outside service fees	742	423	313
Bank franchise tax	376	317	305
Other operating expenses	2,634	2,626	2,558
Total noninterest expenses	18,908	16,809	16,480
Income before income taxes	5,693	4,624	4,456
Income Tax Expense	1,371	1,019	1,015
Net Income	$ 4,322	$ 3,605	$ 3,441
Earnings Per Share
Net income per common share, basic	$ 1.31	$ 1.11	$ 1.09
Net income per common share, diluted	$ 1.31	$ 1.11	$ 1.08

XML

Troubled Debt Restructurings

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Troubled Debt Restructurings [Abstract]

Troubled Debt Restructurings

NOTE 5. Troubled Debt Restructurings

All loans deemed a troubled debt restructuring, or "TDR", are considered impaired, and are evaluated for collateral and cash-flow sufficiency. A loan is considered a TDR when the Company, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower's financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that the Company would not otherwise consider. All of the following factors are indicators that the Bank has granted a concession (one or multiple items may be present):

• The borrower receives a reduction of the stated interest rate to a rate less than the institution is willing to accept at the time of the restructure for a new loan with comparable risk.
• The borrower receives an extension of the maturity date or dates at a stated interest rate lower than the current market interest rate for new debt with similar risk characteristics.
• The borrower receives a reduction of the face amount or maturity amount of the debt as stated in the instrument or other agreement.
• The borrower receives a deferral of required payments (principal and/or interest).
• The borrower receives a reduction of the accrued interest.

There were twenty-five troubled debt restructured loans at December 31, 2011 amounting to $10,706,000. There were thirty-one troubled debt restructured loans at December 31, 2010 amounting to $8,469,000. There were no outstanding commitments to lend additional amounts to troubled debt restructured borrowers at December 31, 2011.

The following table set forth information on the Company's troubled debt restructurings by class of financing receivable occurring during the year ended December 31, 2011.

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2011
	(in thousands)
			Pre-Modification		Post-Modification
			Outstanding		Outstanding
	Number of		Recorded		Recorded		Impairment
	Contracts		Investment		Investment		Accrued
Commercial Real Estate:
Non-owner occupied	2	$	1,092	$	1,092	$	-
Construction and Farmland:
Commercial	1		1,530		1,530		713
Residential
Single family	8		3,657		3,389		393
Total	11	$	6,279	$	6,011	$	1,106

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company restructured eleven loans by granting concessions to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. For each of the two commercial real estate loans above, two commercial real estate loans were combined into the one restructured commercial real estate loan. On one of the two loans, monthly payments were converted from principal and interest to interest only. The other loan remained on principal and interest payments, but the original loans were re-amortized. The residential construction loan was modified by granting a reduction in the required monthly payment. During the year ended December 31, 2011, eight single family residential loans were modified. Four of the loans were modified by granting interest rate reductions, another two had payment requirements modified from principal and interest to interest only, while the two remaining loans were modified by granting a reduction in the required monthly payment.

Loans by class of financing receivable modified as TDRs within the previous 12 months and for which there was a payment default during the year ended December 31, 2011 were:

	Year Ended December 31, 2011
	(in thousands)
	Number of		Recorded
	Contracts		Investment
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner occupied	2	$	613
Non-owner occupied	1		898
Construction and Farmland:
Commercial	1		99
Residential:
Single family	5		1,596
Total	9	$	3,206

A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is thirty days contractually past due under the modified terms.

XML

Allowance For Loan Losses

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Allowance For Loan Losses [Abstract]

Allowance For Loan Losses

NOTE 4. Allowance for Loan Losses

Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

					December 31,
		2011			2010			2009
					(in thousands)
Balance, beginning	$	7,111		$	5,970		$	4,521
Provision charged to operating expense		3,750			6,325			4,350
Recoveries added to the allowance		848			291			252
Loan losses charged to the allowance		(2,966	)		(5,475	)		(3,153	)
Balance, ending	$	8,743		$	7,111		$	5,970

Nonaccrual and past due loans by class at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	As of December 31, 2011
	(in thousands)
		30 - 59		60 - 89		90 or More								90 or More
		Days		Days		Days		Total Past						Days Past Due		Nonaccrual
		Past Due		Past Due		Past Due		Due		Current		Total Loans		Still Accruing		Loans
Commercial - Non Real Estate:
Commercial & Industrial	$	114	$	421	$	-	$	535	$	22,331	$	22,866	$	-	$	-
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner Occupied		174		9		447		630		82,476		83,106		-		600
Non-owner occupied		873		1,102		-		1,975		32,962		34,937		-		234
Construction and Farmland:
Residential		-		-		-		-		10,594		10,594		-		151
Commercial		-		-		-		-		24,375		24,375		-		-
Consumer:
Installment		114		13		5		132		13,053		13,185		5		-
Residential:
Equity Lines		217		30		-		247		33,182		33,429		-		177
Single family		2,187		194		717		3,098		176,111		179,209		89		1,287
Multifamily		-		-		-		-		4,517		4,517		-		-
All Other Loans		-		-		-		-		4,206		4,206		-		-
Total	$	3,679	$	1,769	$	1,169	$	6,617	$	403,807	$	410,424	$	94	$	2,449
	As of December 31, 2010
	(in thousands)
		30 - 59		60 - 89		90 or More								90 or More
		Days		Days		Days		Total Past						Past Due		Nonaccrual
		Past Due		Past Due		Past Due		Due		Current		Total Loans		Still Accruing		Loans
Commercial - Non Real Estate:
Commercial & Industrial	$	91	$	129	$	7	$	227	$	24,222	$	24,449	$	7	$	267
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner Occupied		1,100		938		177		2,215		81,176		83,391		-		1,071
Non-owner occupied		248		-		294		542		32,448		32,990		-		-
Construction and Farmland:
Residential		63		70		1,122		1,255		9,042		10,297		-		3,808
Commercial		1,222		-		911		2,133		23,462		25,595		-		-
Consumer:
Installment		181		72		3		256		14,262		14,518		3		-
Residential:
Equity Lines		781		60		-		841		41,848		42,689		-		190
Single family		1,814		490		502		2,806		162,176		164,982		-		3,041
Multifamily		-		-		-		-		4,908		4,908		-		-
All Other Loans		-		696		-		696		3,934		4,630		-		-
Total	$	5,500	$	2,455	$	3,016	$	10,971	$	397,478	$	408,449	$	10	$	8,377

Allowance for loan losses by segment for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	A s o f a nd fo r the Ye a r Ende d D e c e m be r 3 1, 2 0 11
	(in tho us a nds )
		Co ns tructio n			Res idential			Co mmercial								All Other
		and Farmland			Real Es tate			Real Es tate			Co mmercial			Co ns umer		Lo ans			Unallo cated			To tal
A llo wa nc e fo r c re dit lo s s e s :
Beginning Balance	$	1,386		$	3,457		$	1,231		$	819		$	182		$	36		$	-	$	7,111
Charge-Offs		(721	)		(1,203	)		(14	)		(572	)		(331	)		(125	)		-		(2,966	)
Reco veries		5			298			2			292			195			56			-		848
P ro vis io n		1,948			992			(162	)		538			85			156			193		3,750
Ending balance	$	2,618		$	3,544		$	1,057		$	1,077		$	131		$	123		$	193	$	8,743
Ending balance: Individually
evaluated fo r impairment	$	1,468		$	2,071		$	150		$	544		$	-		$	-		$	-	$	4,233
Ending balance: co llectively
evaluated fo r impairment	$	1,150		$	1,473		$	907		$	533		$	131		$	123		$	193	$	4,510
F ina nc ing re c e iv a ble s :
Ending balance	$	34,969		$	217,155		$	118,043		$	22,866		$	13,185		$	4,206		$	-	$	410,424
Ending balance individually
evaluated fo r impairment	$	3,357		$	9,748		$	6,186		$	599		$	-		$	-		$	-	$	19,890
Ending balance co llectively evaluated
fo r impairment	$	31,612		$	207,407		$	111,857		$	22,267		$	13,185		$	4,206		$	-	$	390,534
	F o r the Ye a r Ende d D e c e m be r 3 1, 2 0 10
	(in tho us a nds )
		Co ns tructio n			Res idential			Co mmercial								All Other
		and Farmland			Real Es tate			Real Es tate			Co mmercial			Co ns umer		Lo ans			Unallo cated			To tal
A llo wa nc e fo r c re dit lo s s e s :
Ending balance	$	1,386		$	3,457		$	1,231		$	819		$	182		$	36		$	-	$	7,111
Ending balance: Individually
evaluated fo r impairment	$	622		$	1,623		$	273		$	139		$	-		$	-		$	-	$	2,657
Ending balance: co llectively
evaluated fo r impairment	$	764		$	1,834		$	958		$	680		$	182		$	36		$	-	$	4,454
F ina nc ing re c e iv a ble s :
Ending balance	$	35,892		$	212,579		$	116,381		$	24,449		$	14,518		$	4,630		$	-	$	408,449
Ending balance individually
evaluated fo r impairment	$	3,549		$	11,172		$	5,141		$	319		$	-		$	-		$	-	$	20,181
Ending balance co llectively evaluated
fo r impairment	$	32,343		$	201,407		$	111,240		$	24,130		$	14,518		$	4,630		$	-	$	388,268

Impaired loans by class at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	As of December 31, 2011
	(in thousands)
		Unpaid						Average		Interest
		Principal		Recorded	Related			Recorded		Income
		Balance		Investment	Allowance			Investment		Recognized
With no related allowance:
Commercial - Non Real Estate:
Commercial & Industrial	$	5	$	5	$	-	$	2	$	-
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner Occupied		2,521		2,529		-		2,575		132
Non-owner occupied		2,552		2,567		-		2,623		110
Construction and Farmland:
Residential		-		-		-		-		-
Commercial		361		361		-		466		21
Residential:
Equity lines		177		177		-		190		-
Single family		3,237		3,242		-		3,840		97
Multifamily		-		-		-		-		-
Other Loans		-		-		-		-		-
	$	8,853	$	8,881	$	-	$	9,696	$	360
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial - Non Real Estate:
Commercial & Industrial	$	594	$	600	$	544	$	602	$	26
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner Occupied		-		-		-		-		-
Non-owner occupied		1,112		1,124		150		1,128		64
Construction and Farmland:
Residential		-		-		-		-		-
Commercial		2,997		3,006		1,468		3,012		147
Residential:
Equity lines		402		404		325		404		13
Single family		5,932		5,940		1,746		6,029		236
Multifamily		-		-		-		-		-
Other Loans		-		-		-		-		-
	$	11,037	$	11,074	$	4,233	$	11,175	$	486
Total:
Commercial	$	599	$	605	$	544	$	604	$	26
Commercial Real Estate		6,185		6,220		150		6,326		306
Construction and Farmland		3,358		3,367		1,468		3,478		168
Residential		9,748		9,763		2,071		10,463		346
Other		-		-		-		-		-
Total	$	19,890	$	19,955	$	4,233	$	20,871	$	846

	As of December 31, 2010
	(in thousands)
		Unpaid						Average		Interest
		Principal		Recorded	Related			Recorded		Income
		Balance		Investment	Allowance			Investment		Recognized
With no related allowance:
Commercial - Non Real Estate:
Commercial & Industrial	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner Occupied		2,143		2,151		-		2,164		131
Non-owner occupied		2,144		2,153		-		2,153		34
Construction and Farmland:
Residential		-		-		-		-		-
Commercial		2,447		2,447		-		2,451		70
Residential:
Equity lines		685		689		-		690		33
Single family		4,432		4,450		-		4,736		90
Multifamily		-		-		-		-		-
Other Loans		-		-		-		-		-
	$	11,851	$	11,890	$	-	$	12,194	$	358
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial - Non Real Estate:
Commercial & Industrial	$	319	$	319	$	139	$	695	$	29
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner Occupied		306		306		122		406		-
Non-owner occupied		548		549		151		202		23
Construction and Farmland:
Residential		-		-		-		-		-
Commercial		1,102		1,102		622		1,259		68
Residential:
Equity lines		-		-		-		-		-
Single family		6,055		6,093		1,623		3,653		319
Multifamily		-		-		-		-		-
Other Loans		-		-		-		-		-
	$	8,330	$	8,369	$	2,657	$	6,215	$	439
Total:
Commercial	$	319	$	319	$	139	$	695	$	29
Commercial Real Estate		5,141		5,159		273		4,925		188
Construction and Farmland		3,549		3,549		622		3,710		138
Residential		11,172		11,232		1,623		9,079		442
Other		-		-		-		-		-
Total	$	20,181	$	20,259	$	2,657	$	18,409	$	797

Recorded investment is defined as the summation of the principal balance, accrued interest, and net deferred loan fees or costs.

Impaired loans at December 31, 2009 were as follows:

		December 31,
		2009
		(in thousands)
Impaired loans for which,
an allowance has been provided	$	7,496
no allowance has been provided		147
Total impaired loans	$	7,643
Allowance provided for impaired
loans included in ALLL	$	2,253
Average balance of impaired loans	$	3,893
Interest income recognized	$	309

The Company uses a rating system for evaluating the risks associated with non-consumer loans. Consumer loans are not evaluated for risk unless the characteristics of the loan fall within classified categories. Descriptions of these ratings are as follows:

Pass	Pass loans exhibit acceptable operating trends, balance sheet trends, and liquidity. Sufficient cash flow exists to service the loan. All obligations have been paid by the borrower in an as agreed manner.
Watch	Watch loans exhibit income volatility, negative operating trends, and a highly leveraged balance sheet. A higher level of supervision is required for these loans as the potential for a negative event could impact the borrower's ability to repay the loan.
Special mention	Special mention loans exhibit a potential weakness, if left uncorrected, may negatively affect the borrower's ability to repay its debt obligation. The risk of default is not imminent and the borrower still demonstrates sufficient cash flow to support the loan.
Substandard	Substandard loans exhibit well defined weaknesses and have a high probability of default. The borrowers exhibit adverse financial trends but still have the ability to service debt obligations.
Doubtful	Doubtful loans exhibit all of the characteristics inherent in substandard loans but the weaknesses make collection or full liquidation highly questionable.
Loss	Loss loans are considered uncollectible and of such little value that its continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted.

Credit quality information by class at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:

	A s o f D e c e m be r 3 1, 2 0 11
	(in tho us a nds )
						Special
INTERNAL RISK RATING GRADES		P as s		Watch		Mentio n	Subs tandard			Do ubtful		Lo s s		To tal
Co mmercial - No n Real Es tate:
Co mmercial &Indus trial	$	16,960	$	2,668	$	991	$	2,215	$	32	$	-	$	22,866
Co mmercial Real Es tate:
Owner Occupied		65,651		6,613		5,759		4,641		442		-		83,106
No n-o wner o ccupied		21,573		6,688		1,330		5,113		233		-		34,937
Co ns tructio n and Farmland:
Res idential		9,839		-		755		-		-		-		10,594
Co mmercial		15,990		1,657		2,595		4,029		104		-		24,375
Res idential:
Equity Lines		31,862		227		355		985		-		-		33,429
Single family		150,520		5,939		10,249		11,134		1,367		-		179,209
Multifamily		2,320		1,230		967		-		-		-		4,517
All o ther lo ans		3,485		-		721		-		-		-		4,206
To tal	$	318,200	$	25,022	$	23,722	$	28,117	$	2,178	$	-	$	397,239

		P erfo rming		No nperfo rming
Co ns umer Credit Expo s ure by
P ayment Activity	$	13,053	$	132

	A s o f D e c e m be r 3 1, 2 0 10
	(in tho us a nds )
						Special
INTERNAL RISK RATING GRADES		P as s		Watch		Mentio n	Subs tandard			Do ubtful		Lo s s		To tal
Co mmercial - No n Real Es tate:
Co mmercial &Indus trial	$	19,990	$	845	$	1,535	$	1,812	$	267	$	-	$	24,449
Co mmercial Real Es tate:
Owner Occupied		65,983		5,686		8,823		2,899		-		-		83,391
No n-o wner o ccupied		25,569		3,322		3,113		986		-		-		32,990
Co ns tructio n and Farmland:
Res idential		7,875		1,556		-		-		-		-		9,431
Co mmercial		17,492		790		2,378		2,672		3,129		-		26,461
Res idential:
Equity Lines		41,430		182		67		860		150		-		42,689
Single family		147,445		3,674		2,229		9,132		2,502		-		164,982
Multifamily		3,272		1,636		-		-		-		-		4,908
All o ther lo ans		4,581		49		-		-		-		-		4,630
To tal	$	333,637	$	17,740	$	18,145	$	18,361	$	6,048	$	-	$	393,931

		P erfo rming		No nperfo rming
Co ns umer Credit Expo s ure by
P ayment Activity	$	14,262	$	256

One consumer loan was rated as watch for $17,000, one consumer loan was rated as special mention for $292,000, four consumer loans were rated as substandard for $19,000 and one consumer loan was rated as doubtful for $5,000 at December 31, 2011. One consumer loan was rated as watch for $23,000 and two consumer loans were rated as substandard for $10,000 at December 31, 2010.

XML

Capital Requirements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Capital Requirements [Abstract]

Capital Requirements

NOTE 16. Capital Requirements

The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company's and Bank's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (as defined). Management believes that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

At December 31, 2011, the most recent notification from the Federal Reserve Bank categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the tables. There are no conditions or events since the notification that management believes have changed the Bank's category. The following table presents the Company's and the Bank's actual capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

										Minimum
										To Be Well
						Minimum				Capitalized Under
						Capital				Prompt Corrective
	Actual					Requirement				Action Provisions
		Amount	Ratio			Amount	Ratio			Amount	Ratio
						(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2011:
Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets
Consolidated	$	67,155	16.96	%	$	31,670	8.00	%		N/A
Bank of Clarke County	$	60,930	15.55	%	$	31,338	8.00	%	$	39,172	10.00	%
Tier 1 Capital to Risk Weighted Assets
Consolidated	$	62,159	15.70	%	$	15,835	4.00	%		N/A
Bank of Clarke County	$	55,986	14.29	%	$	15,669	4.00	%	$	23,503	6.00	%
Tier 1 Capital to Average Assets
Consolidated	$	62,159	10.88	%	$	22,844	4.00	%		N/A
Bank of Clarke County	$	55,986	9.86	%	$	22,706	4.00	%	$	28,382	5.00	%
December 31, 2010:
Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets
Consolidated	$	64,692	16.02	%	$	32,299	8.00	%		N/A
Bank of Clarke County	$	58,111	14.56	%	$	31,935	8.00	%	$	39,919	10.00	%
Tier 1 Capital to Risk Weighted Assets
Consolidated	$	59,619	14.77	%	$	16,150	4.00	%		N/A
Bank of Clarke County	$	53,095	13.30	%	$	15,967	4.00	%	$	23,951	6.00	%
Tier 1 Capital to Average Assets
Consolidated	$	59,619	10.62	%	$	22,462	4.00	%		N/A
Bank of Clarke County	$	53,095	9.56	%	$	22,226	4.00	%	$	27,783	5.00	%

XML

Employee Benefits

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Employee Benefits [Abstract]

Employee Benefits

NOTE 12. Employee Benefits

The Company has established an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) to provide additional retirement benefits to substantially all employees. Contributions can be made to the Bank of Clarke County Employee Retirement Trust to be used to purchase the Company's common stock. There were no contributions in 2011, 2010, and 2009.

The Company sponsors a 401(k) savings plan under which eligible employees may defer a portion of salary on a pretax basis, subject to certain IRS limits. Prior to January 1, 2007, the Company matched 50 percent of employee contributions, on a maximum of six percent of salary deferred, with Company common stock or cash, as elected by each employee. The shares for this purpose are provided principally by the Company's employee stock ownership plan (ESOP), supplemented, as needed, by newly issued shares. Contributions under the plan amounted to $739,000 in 2011, $668,000 in 2010, and $675,000 in 2009. In conjunction with amending the pension plan, the 401(k) plan was amended, effective January 1, 2007, to include a non-elective safe-harbor employer contribution and an age-weighted employer contribution. Each December 31^st, qualifying employees will receive a non-elective safe-harbor contribution equal to three percent of their salary for that year. Also, each December 31^st, qualifying employees will receive an additional contribution based on their age and years of service. The percentage of salary for the age-weighted contribution increases on both factors, age and years of service, with a minimum of one percent of salary and a maximum of ten percent of salary.

The Company has established an Executive Supplemental Income Plan for certain key employees. Benefits are to be paid in monthly installments following retirement or death. The agreement provides that if employment is terminated for reasons other than death or disability prior to age 65, the amount of benefits could be reduced or forfeited. The executive supplemental income benefit expense, based on the present value of the retirement benefits, was $13,000 in 2011, $13,000 in 2010, and $14,000 in 2009. The plan is unfunded; however, life insurance has been acquired on the lives of these employees in amounts sufficient to discharge the plan's obligations.

XML

Borrowings

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Borrowings [Abstract]

Borrowings

NOTE 8. Borrowings

The Company, through its subsidiary bank, borrows funds in the form of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Federal Home Loan Bank advances.

Federal fund lines of credit are extended to the Bank by nonaffiliated banks with which a correspondent banking relationship exists. The line of credit amount is determined by the creditworthiness of the Bank and, in particular, its regulatory capital ratios, which are discussed in Note 16. Federal funds purchased generally mature each business day. The following table summarizes information related to federal funds purchased for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31,
		2011			2010
		(dollars in thousands)
Balance at year-end	$	-		$	-
Average balance during the year		85			503
Average interest rate during the year		0.54	%		0.70	%
Maximum month-end balance during the year	$	1,945		$	4,680
Gross lines of credit at year-end		36,000			36,000
Unused lines of credit at year-end		36,000			36,000

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are borrowings in which the Bank obtains funds by selling securities and simultaneously agreeing to repurchase the securities for an agreed upon term at a given price which includes interest. The Company had $0 in funds from certain customers through retail repurchase agreements at December 31, 2011. Generally, the term for retail repurchase agreements is the next business day. The Company had $10,000,000 in funds from a larger financial institution through a wholesale repurchase agreement at December 31, 2011. The original term of this wholesale repurchase agreement, which was executed during 2008, was five years and the counterparty has the option to call the debt after three years. The amount of borrowings through securities sold under agreements to repurchase is restricted by the amount of securities which are designated for these transactions. The following table summarizes information related to securities sold under agreement to repurchase for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31,
		2011			2010
		(dollars in thousands)
Balance at year-end	$	10,000		$	14,395
Average balance during the year		12,416			14,971
Average interest rate during the year		2.93	%		2.56	%
Maximum month-end balance during the year	$	14,050		$	15,552
Securities underlying the agreements at year-end:
Carrying value		12,150			19,198
Fair value		12,918			19,667

The Bank had a $112,990,000 line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta which was secured by a blanket lien on the loan portfolio at December 31, 2011. The Company had $42,250,000 in advances outstanding at December 31, 2011 (see details below); therefore, the unused line of credit totaled $70,740,000. Advances bear interest at a fixed or floating rate depending on the terms and maturity of each advance and numerous renewal options are available to the Company.

The Company had $20,000,000 in short-term borrowings with the FHLB at December 31, 2011. The weighted average interest rate on outstanding short-term advances at December 31, 2011 was 3.55%.

The Company had $22,250,000 in long-term borrowings with the FHLB at December 31, 2011, which matures as follows: $2,250,000 in 2014 and $20,000,000 in 2015. The interest rates on the outstanding long-term advances at December 31, 2011 ranged from 3.02% to 4.07%. The weighted average interest rate on outstanding long-term advances at December 31, 2011 was 3.50%.

XML

Bank Premises And Equipment, Net

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Bank Premises And Equipment, Net [Abstract]

Bank Premises And Equipment, Net

NOTE 6. Bank Premises and Equipment, Net

The major classes of bank premises and equipment and the total accumulated depreciation at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	December 31,
		2011		2010
	(in thousands)
Land	$	3,727	$	4,004
Buildings and improvements		14,914		14,799
Furniture and equipment		7,063		6,749
	$	25,704	$	25,552
Less accumulated depreciation		10,504		9,840
Bank premises and equipment, net	$	15,200	$	15,712

Depreciation expense on buildings and improvements was $443,000, $404,000, and $388,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Depreciation expense on furniture and equipment was $400,000, $375,000, and $390,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

The Bank leases certain facilities under operating leases, which expire at various dates through 2032. These leases require payment of certain operating expenses and contain renewal options. The total minimum rental commitment at December 31, 2011 under these leases was due as follows:

	December 31, 2011
	(in thousands)
2012	$	104
2013		82
2014		50
2015		50
2016		50
Thereafter		804
	$	1,140

The total building and equipment rental expense was $147,000, $176,000, and $174,000 in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

XML

Deposits

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Deposits [Abstract]

Deposits

NOTE 7. Deposits

The composition of deposits at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
	(in thousands)
Noninterest bearing demand deposits	$	107,237	$	98,256
Savings and interest bearing demand deposits:
NOW accounts	$	78,927	$	72,413
Money market accounts		83,393		69,766
Regular savings accounts		47,838		42,369
	$	210,158	$	184,548
Time deposits:
Balances of less than $100,000	$	76,956	$	85,269
Balances of $100,000 and more		54,114		61,223
	$	131,070	$	146,492
	$	448,465	$	429,296

Time deposits with balances of less than $100,000 include $10,107,000 and $20,172,000 in brokered certificates of deposit at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Time deposits with balances of $100,000 and more include $6,523,000 and $11,726,000 in brokered certificates of deposit at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The outstanding balance of time deposits at December 31, 2011 was due as follows:

		December 31, 2011
		(in thousands)
2012	$	97,180
2013		12,970
2014		15,364
2015		2,701
2016		2,855
	$	131,070

Deposit overdrafts reclassified as loans totaled $156,000 and $107,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Income Taxes

NOTE 9. Income Taxes

The Company files income tax returns with the United States of America and the Commonwealth of Virginia. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to federal, state, or local income tax examinations for years prior to 2008.

The net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following components:

	December 31,
		2011		2010
	(in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan losses	$	2,973	$	2,418
Deferred compensation		109		116
Accrued postretirement benefits		51		49
Accrued pension benefits		-		147
Home equity origination costs		36		45
Other than temporary impairment		876		846
Interest rate swap		197		57
Other real estate owned expenses		13		39
Other		125		243
	$	4,380	$	3,960
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment	$	566	$	458
Securities available for sale		1,681		796
	$	2,247	$	1,254
Net deferred tax asset	$	2,133	$	2,706

The Company has not recorded a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets because management believes that it is more likely than not that they will be ultimately realized.

Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 consisted of the following components:

					December 31,
		2011			2010			2009
					(in thousands)
Current tax expense	$	1,688		$	1,381		$	1,667
Deferred tax (benefit)		(317	)		(362	)		(652	)
	$	1,371		$	1,019		$	1,015

The following table reconciles income tax expense to the statutory federal corporate income tax amount, which was calculated by applying the federal corporate income tax rate to pre-tax income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

					December 31,
		2011			2010			2009
					(in thousands)
Statutory federal corporate tax amount	$	1,936		$	1,572		$	1,515
Tax-exempt interest income		(563	)		(544	)		(505	)
Other		(2	)		(9	)		5
	$	1,371		$	1,019		$	1,015

XML

Derivative Instruments And Hedging Activities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Derivative Instruments And Hedging Activities [Abstract]

Derivative Instruments And Hedging Activities

NOTE 14. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Interest Rate Swaps

The Company uses interest rate swaps to reduce interest rate risks and to manage interest expense. By entering into these agreements, the Company converts floating rate debt into fixed rate debt, or alternatively, converts fixed rate debt into floating rate debt. Interest differentials paid or received under the swap agreements are reflected as adjustments to interest expense. These interest rate swap agreements are derivative instruments that qualify for hedge accounting as discussed in Note 1. The notional amounts of the interest rate swaps are not exchanged and do not represent exposure to credit loss. In the event of default by a counterparty, the risk in these transactions is the cost of replacing the agreements at current market rates.

On December 4, 2008, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement related to the outstanding trust preferred capital notes. The swap agreement became effective on December 1, 2008. The notional amount of the interest rate swap was $7,000,000 and has an expiration date of December 1, 2016. The estimated fair value was $(580,000) at December 31, 2011 and $(169,000) at December 31, 2010. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company pays interest quarterly at a fixed rate of 2.85% and receives interest quarterly at a variable rate of three month LIBOR. The variable rate resets on each interest payment date. The Company recognized interest expense of $180,000 in 2011 and $178,000 in 2010 related to this interest rate swap.

The following table summarizes the fair value of derivative instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	2011			2010
	Balance Sheet		Fair	Balance Sheet		Fair
	Location		Value	Location		Value
	(dollars in thousands)
Derivatives designated
as hedging instruments
under GAAP
Interest rate swap contracts	Other Liabilities	$	580	Other Liabilities	$	169

The following tables present the effect of the derivative instrument on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the Consolidated Statements of Income for December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	Year Ended December 31,
						Amount of Loss
		Amount of Loss			Location of Loss	Reclassified from
		Recognized in OCI			Reclassified from	Accumulated
Derivatives in GAAP		on Derivative			Accumulated OCI	OCI into Income
Cash Flow Hedging		(Effective Portion)			into Income	(Ineffective Portion)
Relationships	2011		2010		(Ineffective Portion)	2011		2010		2009
	(dollars in thousands)					(dollars in thousands)
Interest rate swap
contracts, net of tax	$	(271)	$	(273)	N/A	$	-	$	-	$	-

XML

Financial Instruments With Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Financial Instruments With Off-Balance-Sheet Risk [Abstract]

Financial Instruments With Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

NOTE 19. Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

The Company, through its subsidiary bank, is a party to credit related financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, unfunded commitments under lines of credit, and commercial and standby letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company's exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the following financial instruments were outstanding whose contract amounts represent credit risk:

		2011		2010
Commitments to extend credit	$	9,448,000	$	6,111,000
Unfunded commitments under lines of credit		65,193,000		64,195,000
Commercial and standby letters of credit		5,684,000		4,953,000

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as the terms offered are acceptable and certain other conditions are met. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Since these commitments may expire or terminate, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The amount of collateral obtained, with regards to these commitments, is based on management's credit evaluation of the customer.

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit are contracts for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. Unfunded commitments under lines of credit include, but are not limited to, home equity lines of credit, overdraft protection lines of credit, credit cards, and unsecured and secured commercial lines of credit. The terms and conditions of these commitments vary depending on the line of credit's purpose, collateral, and maturity. The amount disclosed above represents total unused lines of credit for which a contract with the Bank has been established.

Commercial and standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. These letters of credit are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. Essentially all letters of credit issued have expiration dates within one year. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in granting loans to customers. The Bank holds collateral supporting these commitments if it is deemed necessary. At December 31, 2011, none of the outstanding letters of credit were collateralized.

The Bank has cash accounts in other commercial banks. The amount on deposit in these banks at December 31, 2011 exceeded the insurance limits of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation by $238,000.

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Changes In Shareholders' Equity (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Common Stock [Member]	Surplus [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	Comprehensive Income [Member]	Total
Balance at Dec. 31, 2008	$ 7,888	$ 7,796	$ 32,779	$ (1,634)		$ 46,829
Comprehensive income:
Net income			3,441		3,441	3,441
Other comprehensive income:
Changes in benefit obligations and plan assets for defined benefit and post retirement benefit plans, net of deferred income taxes				491	491	491
Change in market value of interest rate swap, net of deferred income taxes				312	312	312
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of deferred income taxes				1,923	1,923	1,923
Total comprehensive income					6,167
Issuance of restricted stock, stock incentive plan	9	(9)
Income tax expense on vesting of restricted stock		(6)				(6)
Stock-based compensation expense		166				166
Issuance of common stock, dividend investment plan	91	492				583
Issuance of common stock, employee benefit plan	11	65				76
Dividends declared			(2,172)			(2,172)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2009	7,999	8,504	34,048	1,092		51,643
Comprehensive income:
Net income			3,605		3,605	3,605
Other comprehensive income:
Changes in benefit obligations and plan assets for defined benefit and post retirement benefit plans, net of deferred income taxes				275	275	275
Change in market value of interest rate swap, net of deferred income taxes				(273)	(273)	(273)
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of deferred income taxes				116	116	116
Total comprehensive income					3,723
Issuance of restricted stock, stock incentive plan	30	(30)
Income tax expense on vesting of restricted stock		(9)				(9)
Stock-based compensation expense		116				116
Issuance of common stock, dividend investment plan	95	495				590
Dividends declared			(2,234)			(2,234)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2010	8,124	9,076	35,419	1,210		53,829
Comprehensive income:
Net income			4,322		4,322	4,322
Other comprehensive income:
Changes in benefit obligations and plan assets for defined benefit and post retirement benefit plans, net of deferred income taxes				275	275	275
Change in market value of interest rate swap, net of deferred income taxes				(271)	(271)	(271)
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of deferred income taxes				1,717	1,717	1,717
Total comprehensive income					6,043
Issuance of restricted stock, stock incentive plan	23	(23)
Income tax expense on vesting of restricted stock		(3)				(3)
Stock-based compensation expense		166				166
Issuance of common stock, dividend investment plan	96	508				604
Issuance of common stock, employee benefit plan	13	76				89
Retirement of common stock	(39)	(232)				(271)
Dividends declared			(2,367)			(2,367)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	$ 8,217	$ 9,568	$ 37,374	$ 2,931		$ 58,090

XML

Loans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Loans [Abstract]

Loans

NOTE 3. Loans

The composition of loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:

	December 31,
		2011		2010
	(in thousands)
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Construction and land development	$	31,579	$	31,560
Secured by farmland		3,390		4,332
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties		212,638		207,671
Multifamily		4,517		4,908
Commercial		118,043		116,381
Loans to farmers		1,910		1,293
Commercial and industrial loans		22,866		24,449
Consumer installment loans		13,185		14,518
All other loans		2,296		3,337
	$	410,424	$	408,449
Less: Allowance for loan losses		8,743		7,111
	$	401,681	$	401,338

XML

Trust Preferred Capital Notes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Trust Preferred Capital Notes [Abstract]

Trust Preferred Capital Notes

NOTE 20. Trust Preferred Capital Notes

In June 2007, Eagle Financial Statutory Trust II (the "Trust II"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, was formed for the purpose of issuing redeemable capital securities. On June 20, 2007, Trust II issued $7,000,000 of trust preferred securities and $217,000 in common equity. The principal asset of Trust II is $7,217,000 of the Company's junior subordinated debt securities with the same maturity and interest rate structures as the capital securities. The securities have a LIBOR-indexed floating rate of interest and the interest rate was 2.15% and 1.92% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The securities have a mandatory redemption date of September 1, 2037, and are subject to varying call provisions beginning September 1, 2012.

The trust preferred securities are included in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital adequacy purposes as long as their amount does not exceed 25% of Tier 1 capital, including total trust preferred securities. The portion of the trust preferred securities not considered as Tier 1 capital, if any, may be included in Tier 2 capital. At December 31, 2011, the total amount ($7,000,000) of trust preferred securities issued by Trust II are included in the Company's Tier 1 capital.

The obligations of the Company with respect to the issuance of the capital securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the Trust's obligations with respect to the capital securities.

Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, the Company may elect from time to time to defer interest payments on the junior subordinated debt securities, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on the related capital securities.

XML

Commitments And Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Commitments And Contingencies [Abstract]

Commitments And Contingencies

NOTE 13. Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company makes various commitments and incurs certain contingent liabilities, which are not reflected in the accompanying financial statements. These commitments and contingent liabilities include various guarantees, commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. The Company does not anticipate any material losses as a result of these commitments.

During the normal course of business, various legal claims arise from time to time which, in the opinion of management, will have no material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

As a member of the Federal Reserve System, the Bank is required to maintain certain average reserve balances. These reserve balances include usable vault cash and amounts on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank. For the final weekly reporting period in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the amount of daily average required balances were approximately $630,000 and $824,000, respectively. In addition, the Bank was required to maintain a compensating balance on deposit with a correspondent bank in the amount of $250,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

See Note 19 with respect to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk.